Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Publishing / Cronos Australia

Cronos Australia

cau · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cau
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Publishing
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Cronos Australia
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and  
Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2021

C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

1

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core brands

Advise. Inform. Connect.
Our vision
We will be the ‘go to’ company in the international Marketing and 
Legal sectors for:
•   Advising businesses on how to improve their performance and 

returns on investment ROI;

•   Informing customers using data, content and insight with the 

provision of business intelligence products; 

•   Offering training and advisory services through digital learning 

initiatives and online programmes; and

•  Connecting specific communities through media and events.

We will build strong and lasting relationships with our customers 
by providing cutting-edge insight and analysis to deliver long-term 
sustainable returns for our shareholders.

Our business
Centaur is an international provider of business information, training 
and specialist consultancy that inspires and enables people to excel 
at what they do within the marketing and legal professions. Our Xeim 
and The Lawyer business units serve the marketing and legal sectors 
respectively and, across both, we offer a wide range of products and 
services targeted at helping our customers add value.

Our reputation is based on the trust and confidence arising from a 
deep understanding of these sectors providing innovative products and 
services and we have developed a strong track record for providing 
our customers with market-leading insight, content, data and training. 
Our key strengths are the expertise of our people, the quality of our 
brands and products, and our ability to harness technology to innovate 
continually and develop our customer offering. This enables us to help 
our customers raise their aspirations and deliver better performance. 

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Introduction 
IFC
Highlights of the year  
1
Chair’s Statement  
2
Strategy 
4
Performance: CEO Review 
10
Key Performance Indicators  
12
Performance: Financial Review 
14
Risk Management 
21
Viability Statement 
26
Section 172 Statement  
27
Stakeholder engagement case study 
30
Environmental, Social and Governance  31

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Board of Directors 
Executive Committee 
Directors’ Report 
Directors’ Statement on  
Corporate Governance 
Audit Committee Report 
Nomination Committee Report 
Remuneration Committee Report 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in respect of the financial statements 

31
38
39

41
45
48
49

64

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Independent Auditor’s Report 
Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements  

OTHER INFORMATION 
Five Year Record 
Directors, Advisers and Other 
Corporate Information  

65
69
76 

116

IBC

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Highlights of the year

Flagship 4

Financial highlights
Revenue from 
continuing operations

£39.1m

Adjusted1 EBITDA

£6.4m 

(16% margin)

Cash

£13.1m

Adjusted1 diluted EPS

1.9p

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

£39.1m

£32.4m

00%

16%

12%

£13.1m

1.9p

£8.3m

0.3p

Strategic and operational highlights
•  Resilient performance against the backdrop of the Covid pandemic and the 

business remains on track to deliver on its MAP23 objectives

•  Flagship 4 brands continued to deliver strong results, benefitting from 

optimised pricing, strong renewal rates and the creation of hybrid events 

•  Developed the customer offering of our brands, including the introduction of 
a campaign management tool for Influencer Intelligence, blended learning 
for Econsultancy and further paid-for products at The Lawyer 

•  Record cross-marketing performance of Xeim Brands, supported by Xeim 

Engage and Xeim Labs marketing solutions

•  Hybrid events at The Lawyer continued to improve in content and 

networking capability, leading to increased quality and size of customer

• 

• 

Improved brand profile at Xeim following further investment in our 
marketing teams and digital marketing capabilities

Increased number of, and value generated from, large blue chip 
international clients across Xeim  

•  DICE, our employee engagement committee, has worked closely with 

employees to implement initiatives to help Centaur build a more diverse and 
inclusive workplace

1  See financial performance review for definition of adjusted results and alternative  

performance measures.

www.centaurmedia.com

01

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChair’s statement

Today, knowledge has become a key 
competitive advantage – meaning that the 
proliferation of information is greater than 
ever before, and the past two years have 
accelerated the already rapid shift to high 
quality digital content. For businesses, 
this creates challenges in understanding 
markets, identifying trends and developing 
new relationships. All of this means that 
our customers are looking for targeted 
connectivity with timely and deeper insight.  

We are positioning Centaur to fulfil these 
needs – to provide customers with insight, 
learning and consultancy expertise across 
multiple industries and focusing on two 
sectors with the specialist tools knowledge, 
bespoke solutions and connections that 
create advantage. In this way, we enable 
our clients to excel at what they do, 
to raise their aspirations and to deliver 
better performance.

Performance 
As a result a result of the focused strategic 
and operational decisions taken by 
Centaur’s management team, 2021 saw 
a swift recovery in performance with a 
21% growth in revenue and a sustained 
improvement in EBITDA margin to 
16%, which contributed to the further 
strengthening of Centaur’s cash position to 
£13.1m. 

These results reflect a strong performance 
across Centaur’s unique portfolio: from 
our Flagship 4 brands that benefited from 
optimised pricing, strong renewal rates and 
a recovery in events, and from the Core 
Brands that saw record achievements in 
marketing solutions and revenue driven from 
successful hybrid events. The value of the 
content and networking capabilities of our 
brands successfully led to an improvement 
in quality and size of customer. 

Dividend and capital 
allocation
Centaur’s robust performance during the 
Covid pandemic enabled us to reinstate 
the dividend earlier than expected and for 
2021 the Board has approved a resumption 
of the Company’s normal dividend policy 
of distributing 40% of adjusted retained 
earnings, subject to a minimum dividend of 
1.0p per share per annum. The Board has 
therefore proposed a final dividend for 2021 
of 0.5p per ordinary share and expects 
to see further dividend progression as 
earnings permit.

   Strategy delivering 
in a time of 
disruption.”
 COLIN JONES 
Chair

Dear Shareholder, 
When I last wrote to you a year 
ago, I expressed my confidence 
that Centaur had the balance 
sheet robustness and business 
momentum to make progress 
against its Margin Acceleration 
Plan (‘MAP23’) goals over the 
course of 2021.  

Our updated MAP23 strategy had just 
been launched in January 2021 putting 
the business back on track after the 
disruption of Covid. I am pleased to report 
that this confidence has proven well 
placed – our business performed in line 
with our ambitious objectives for 2021 and 
we remain on course to meet our MAP23 
targets of over £45 million in revenue and an 
adjusted EBITDA margin of 23% by 2023.

This performance was particularly pleasing 
given the ongoing Covid pandemic. Despite 
the easing of restrictions, the world finds 
itself still in the process of transitioning to a 
‘new normal’. Nonetheless, our specialised 
brands in the legal and marketing 
professions operate in markets that have 
been characterised by change. Our ability to 
transform and adapt against a background 
of disruption over the past few years has 
stood Centaur in good stead.

02

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
The Company retains a healthy cash 
position which it intends to use to fund 
short-term working capital volatility and 
investment in new products and capabilities, 
while also providing the resources to explore 
other complementary strategic initiatives. 

ESG
While we are making good progress in 
delivering the financial targets under our 
MAP23 strategy, another key component 
of our business model is to ensure that our 
behaviours and culture are fully aligned with 
best practice ESG matters. I’m therefore 
pleased to say we continued to reduce our 
carbon footprint over the course of 2021. 
The Board has also been impressed by 
the initiatives undertaken by our Diversity, 
Inclusion, Culture and Engagement 
panel (‘DICE’) to improve diversity in our 
promotions, recruitment and continued 
D&I training efforts. This will continue to 
be an area of focus going forward and a 
consideration in all our business decisions. 

We will also continue to operate with 
integrity, transparency and accountability 
with the Board remaining committed to the 
highest standards of corporate governance. 
More detail on our governance policies is 
set out from page 44.

People and innovation
The adaptability, expertise and exceptional 
commitment of our people has enabled 
Centaur not only to manage the challenges 
of the last year but also to exceed the 
Board’s expectations in terms of driving 
innovation and solutions for our customers. 
This has seen Econsultancy deliver 
blended solutions and The Lawyer launch 
Signal, an upgrade of its Market Reports 
product providing strategic insight and 
benchmarking capabilities. This focus on 
new products is crucial as the industry 
backdrop continues to advance and 
customers need more sophisticated and 
targeted products and solutions. 

We are committed to the wellbeing of our 
people and making a safe environment for 
our employees to operate the day-to-day 
business effectively while allowing creativity 
and entrepreneurship to build the business 
for the future.

Looking ahead
The excellent performance across the 
Group in 2021 provides a good platform for 
further growth in 2022. The increasing value 
of data-driven insight brings opportunities 
for expansion into new target markets, the 
broadening and deepening of connection 

networks, and a growing focus on cross-
selling our products and building on their 
synergies. While lingering uncertainties 
around Covid and the macro-economic 
and geopolitical outlook obviously remain, 
we are fortunate in having a strong balance 
sheet which gives us the confidence to 
increase our investment in new products 
and explore other strategic initiatives. 

As we progress towards our MAP23 targets, 
I believe Centaur has the talent, strategy and 
financial discipline to meet the challenges 
and realise the opportunities that lie ahead, 
and we look forward to the future with 
confidence. 

Finally, but most importantly, I would like 
to take this opportunity to thank each 
and every employee for their outstanding 
contribution to what has been a demanding 
but successful year. 

Colin Jones
Chair
15 March 2022

03

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy

MAP23

Three-year plan to grow revenues to >£45m and EBITDA margin  
to 23% by 2023

OUR FLAGSHIP 4

An international provider of market intelligence,  
learning and specialist consultancy

•  Flagship 4

 − MW Mini MBA

 −

 −

 −

Econsultancy

Influencer Intelligence

The Lawyer

•  Core Brands

•  Customer focus

 −

Sell more to existing 
customers

 − Optimise pricing

 − Cross-sell Xeim

• 

Investment
 −
Systems

 −

People

•  New products

 − Digital subscriptions

 − Common technology  

stack

 − New content offerings
International growth

• 

•  Control of costs

04

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Centaur is an international 
provider of business information, 
training and specialist 
consultancy that inspires and 
enables customers to excel 
at what they do, raise their 
aspirations and deliver better 
performance. The Group’s aim is 
to be the ‘go to’ company in the 
international marketing and legal 
sectors to:

•  Advise businesses on how to improve 

their performance and ROI;

• 

Inform customers using data, content 
and insight with the provision of 
business intelligence products; 

•  Offer training and advisory services 

through digital learning initiatives and 
online programmes; and

•  Connect specific communities through 

digital media and events.

Over the past year, despite the continued 
impact of the Covid pandemic, the Group 
has performed well and remains on track 
to deliver on its ambitious MAP23 goals. 
By simplifying the business and sticking 
to our strategy of investing in our Flagship 
4 brands – Econsultancy, Influencer 
Intelligence, MW Mini MBA and The 
Lawyer – we are continuing to expand our 
margin through profitable revenue growth, 
capitalising on Xeim and The Lawyer’s 
inherent synergies. 

Xeim
Xeim takes its name from ‘Excellence In 
Marketing’ and its purpose is to improve 
the performance of marketers. The Xeim 
portfolio brings together the Group’s 11 
marketing brands – Econsultancy, Influencer 
Intelligence, MW Mini MBA, Festival of 
Marketing, Marketing Week, Design Week, 
Creative Review, Really B2B, Fashion 
& Beauty Monitor, Oystercatchers and 
Foresight News – to support the marketing 
sector, providing our customers with the 
advice, intelligence and connections needed 
to set themselves apart from their peers. 

Our market-leading brands and industry 
experts provide insight, analysis and 
proprietorial content, attracting over 6 
million digital contact points every month. 

Our cross-Xeim marketing solutions team 
capitalises on the synergies of these brands 
to help create integrated solutions for 
customers. 

The Lawyer
In The Lawyer, Centaur owns the most 
trusted brand for the UK legal profession 
and a leading provider of intelligence to the 
global legal market, delivered via a scalable 
digital platform. 

The Lawyer has built on its 35-year heritage 
of delivering incisive, cutting-edge analysis 
of the UK legal market, continuing to 
broaden its offering to develop a much more 
international business providing market 
intelligence to the world’s largest law firms. 
The Lawyer counts 90% of the top 50 UK 
and 50 US law firms in London among its 
corporate subscribers.

05

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy

CONTINUED

MAP23
Our strategic focus is to deliver the targets 
set out under MAP23: raising Group 
Adjusted EBITDA margins to 23% by 2023 
and increasing revenue to more than £45m. 

Our resilience during the pandemic, our 
organic revenue growth and increase in 
profitability in 2021, together with the 
strength of our balance sheet, evidences the 
progress that Centaur is making towards 
MAP23 and our longer-term vision.

The Group intends to deliver the targets 
through a combination of profitable 
organic revenue growth and operational 
cost leverage. 

To achieve this, we will be:

•  Focusing investment and resource 
allocation on our Flagship 4 brands 
– the four brands which we have 
identified as our key growth drivers 
encompassing Econsultancy, Influencer 
Intelligence, MW Mini MBA and The 
Lawyer;

•  Delighting our customers through 

excellent customer service;

to enterprise clients to drive up revenue 
per client;

•  Creating further opportunities for growth 
through Xeim’s wider portfolio of Core 
Brands;

• 

Investing in marketing, building out 
our marketing teams to increase 
brand profile and sell our products 
to a broader range of international 
clients; and

• 

• 

Investing in technology and continuing 
to develop our digital offering through 
new products and services;

•  Continuing to leverage our cost 

base by managing costs tightly as 
revenue grows.

Increasing focus on cross-selling 
Xeim’s suite of products and services 

Structure
Our business model is integral to how  
we will deliver MAP23. In 2019, we 
restructured Centaur making it a much 
simpler business consisting of Xeim and  
The Lawyer. We report revenue under six 
core revenue streams:

•  Premium Content comprising 

subscription-driven paid content 
services;

•  Marketing Services from campaign 

management and marketing 
automation;

•  Training and Advisory from marketing 

consultancy, digital learning and online 
training;

•  Events including sponsorship and 

delegate revenue from conferences, 
awards, and large-scale events;

•  Marketing Solutions including display 
and bespoke client campaigns; and

•  Recruitment Advertising being  

sector-focused.

06
06

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021

Centaur Media PlcThe chart below shows which brands derive revenue from each category:

Brand

Econsultancy

Influencer 
Intelligence

MW Mini MBA

Festival of 
Marketing

Oystercatchers

Premium 
Content

Marketing 
Services

Training and 
Advisory

4
4

4

4

4

Events

4

Marketing 
Solutions

Recruitment 
Advertising

4

4
4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4%

13%

33%

10%

Revenue 
2021

32%

8%

  Premium Content
  Marketing Services
  Training and Advisory
  Events
  Marketing Solutions
  Recruitment Advertising

Fashion & Beauty 
Monitor

Marketing Week 4
4
Foresight News 4
4

Creative Review/
Design Week

Really B2B

The Lawyer

4

4

We have been encouraged by the continued 
improvement in the quality of our revenue 
streams since the transformation of our 
portfolio and during the pandemic. Indeed, 
Covid helped us develop how we work with 
Xeim clients to accelerate digital marketing 
transformation, a service in which we are 
considered a thought leader. The easing of 
Covid restrictions, together with the focused 
strategic, operational and customer-centric 
actions taken by Centaur’s management 

team, has supported growth across the 
business, most notably in Training and 
Advisory, and Events revenues, which are 
both up by approximately 50% year-on-
year. As we build our business around 
our customers, we have found the size of 
our customers grows also, as they realise 
the benefits of tapping into the full suite of 
services we provide. 

THE LAWYER

XEIM

www.centaurmedia.com

07

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategy

CONTINUED

International Revenue £m 

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

37%

2.0

4.0

6.0

31%
8.0

10.0

12.0

14.0

16.0

73% of our revenue came from our valuable 
Premium Content, Marketing Services and 
Training and Advisory recurring revenue 
streams (2020: 76%).

Revenue from outside the United Kingdom 
has increased to 37% of total revenues 
from 31% in 2020, with an increase of 43% 
on 2020 to £14.4m as Centaur extends its 
international reach.

Centaur Strategy Group
In 2021, we formed the Centaur Strategy 
Group (or CSG), which sits at the heart of 
our business with a remit to develop our 
future strategy. The CSG comprises the 
current and future leaders of the business 
and is completely focused on ensuring that 
we drive our customer-centric strategy and 
make the most of our brand synergies and 
cross-selling abilities, so that the portfolio 
works together as a streamlined unit with a 
common goal. 

The CSG’s remit is to identify and address 
the market opportunities on which we can 
capitalise in coming years. As we take the 
next step of our MAP23 journey in 2022, 
the CSG has identified six major trends: 
Digital learning and training for multinational 
customers; digital transformation of 
organisations; growth of the influencer 
market; hybrid events; subscriptions to 
access intelligence-based content and 
increased demand for bespoke paid-for 
content. 

Our portfolio
To achieve our MAP23 ambitions we will 
continue to focus investment and resource 
allocation on the Flagship 4 – the four brands 
we consider our key drivers for revenue 
growth – and invest in the Core Brands that 
support Xeim’s growth. Across Xeim, we will 
be targeting to cross-sell our brands to the 
top 200 marketing spenders through Xeim 
Engage and generating increased marketing 
solutions revenues through Xeim Labs.

Flagship 4
The Lawyer
The Lawyer – the most trusted brand for the 
UK legal profession and a leading provider 
of intelligence to the global legal market 
delivered via a scalable digital platform.

Client renewal rates and online usage 
performance remained strong for 2021. 
Following the launch of Horizon the daily 
digital news product in 2020, the year saw 
the successful introduction of a new paid-for 
subscription product, Signal, a re-launch of 
the Market Reports product. 

The return of live events in the fourth quarter 
of 2021 was successful, with strong attendee 
figures and sponsorship revenue above 
targets. This appetite and confidence from 
the market to return to live events means 
we are planning, from the second quarter 
of 2022 to return to a mix of virtual and live 
events, including The Lawyer Awards in June.

Over the next two years, we will expand our 
Target Addressable Market in three ways:

1.  by accelerating the penetration into  

the 51-100 UK law firms; 

2.  by targeting the Alternative Legal 

Service Providers; and 

3.  by expanding internationally.

This will support our efforts to grow 
subscriptions revenues from our current 
products by increasing the value we deliver 
to the top UK and US law firms. 

Econsultancy
Econsultancy guides, supports and enables 
customers to achieve excellence in digital 
marketing and ecommerce. Its focus is on 
combining learning content and thought 
leadership with practical applications and 
tools to support marketers.

The brand has had a successful year 
of selling blended solutions: platform + 
training. Supported by a revised pricing 
structure, it has seen renewals improve 5 
percentage points by value and enjoyed an 
excellent year for new business, particularly 
in the penetration of multinational blue chip 
companies.

The ambition is to grow the customer base 
further in 2022, supported with product 
enhancements and investment in sales 
and marketing. To achieve this, the brand 
will look to secure more new business and 
continue to improve renewal rates and 
customer engagement. More specifically, it 
will develop infrastructure with an upgraded 
digital skills index diagnostic tool and learning 
management system, invest in additional 
digital learning content, and focus on 
supporting the top 200 marketing spenders 
with blended learning solutions.

Influencer Intelligence
Influencer Intelligence provides expertise and 
support to help customers select influencers, 
measure performance and manage the 

08

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021•  Marketing Week – for over 40 years, the most influential source 
of marketing information in the UK. In 2022, we will continue 
to generate revenue from marketing solutions, lead generation 
services, proprietary research and white papers;

•  Oystercatchers – as one of the Financial Times most highly 

regarded management consultancies in the UK, Oystercatchers 
has competitively differentiated itself by providing best in class 
agency pitch and business performance transformation advice 
to its clients; and

•  Really B2B – this marketing services business delivers creative 
campaigns, lead generation and Account Based Marketing 
services to drive its clients’ marketing ROI. The brand continues 
to generate leads and provide solutions for clients across the 
Xeim portfolio and the ambition is to develop this further.

Delivering to our Xeim customers
Understanding how the brands interact with each other enables 
Xeim to position and cross sell multi-brand offerings to the benefit of 
our customers.   

Xeim provides marketers with training, information and in-depth 
consulting services by utilising the content and expertise across the 
portfolio. We deliver transformational programmes for our customers 
by providing diagnostic tools, best practice guides, case studies, 
thought leadership and curated training services to support the 
customer need. We also deliver content-led marketing solutions and 
networking opportunities to enable marketers to drive awareness 
and generate leads and business contacts.

Best practice 
intelligence, consultancy 
& training

Marketers & Marketing leaders

Content-led marketing 
solutions and networking

09

success of their marketing campaigns. The combination of our data-
driven influencer marketing platform and specialist in-house analyst 
team helps businesses navigate the influencer and celebrity marketing 
landscape.

Supported by a structured pricing model and campaign management 
tool, the year has seen improved renewal rates up 13 percentage 
points by value. We have also transitioned it away from SME 
businesses to higher value clients.

Looking ahead, marketing support and an outbound sales strategy 
will see the brand focus its efforts on building more new business. 
This will see it working to significantly expand the volume of 
influencers on the platform. The Influencer Intelligence platform has 
been rated recently by the Influencer Marketing Hub, the leading 
social media resource for brands, agencies and influencers, 4.8 out of 
5, which is one of the highest of all the platforms they have rated.  

MW Mini MBA
Marketing Week’s Mini MBA distils the core marketing functions of a 
full MBA programme into an easily digestible and thoroughly engaging 
12-week course prepared and moderated by Professor Mark Ritson.

This year the courses reported record corporate sales for multi-seat 
packages and online revenues for both the Marketing and Brand 
courses. Since 2016, the brand has trained over 17,500 marketers 
and this year recorded a 98% customer satisfaction score and strong 
Net Promoter Scores of +75. 

In 2022, the brand will look to expand its online reach and traffic 
to new targeted markets and develop new and improved analytics 
to maximise conversion. In April, it will also launch a new network 
paid-for subscription platform that harnesses the circa 17,500 alumni 
providing new unique content, personal profiles, networking and 
social media links.  

Core Brands
Outside the Flagship 4, our portfolio of Core Brands will continue 
to support Centaur’s growth and play an important role in creating 
opportunities for Centaur, through the cross-selling of our products 
and services, introducing us to a wider customer base and 
demonstrating the breadth of our business intelligence. These 
include:

•  Festival of Marketing – an annual thought leadership, learning 

and networking event that has become a leading and influential 
event dedicated to ambitious marketers. Having successfully 
held the event virtually in 2021 for a second consecutive year, 
we plan to offer two hybrid events in 2022, combining the 
networking benefits of a physical event with digital additions 
to address strong demand and make it accessible to a wider, 
global audience;

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTmargins to 23% by 2023, while increasing 
revenues to more than £45m in the same 
timeframe. We remain on track to deliver this.

Financial Performance
Over the course of the year, we took our 
first positive steps towards our MAP23 
goals, as well as putting in place an effective 
organisation structure to deliver it. 

In 2021, Centaur reported revenues of 
£39.1m for the year (up 21% from 2020), 
and a Group Adjusted EBITDA margin of 
16% (up 4 percentage points from 2020). 
The Group ended the year with a cash 
balance of £13.1m, up from £8.3m last year. 

I am pleased with the contribution that 
all our brands have made to this positive 
momentum over the past 12 months.

Dividends 
The Group has proposed a final dividend for 
2021 of 0.5p per ordinary share, bringing 
the total dividends in respect of 2021 to 
1.0p per ordinary share. 

Operational review 
Centaur comprises two business units, 
Xeim and The Lawyer. Xeim (or ‘excellence 
in marketing’) forms 82% of our revenues 
and is focused on the marketing sector. 
The Lawyer is focused on the legal sector 
and drives the other 18%. Both sectors 
are undergoing significant change, driven 
by technological advancement, structural 
transformation and globalisation all of which 
gives Centaur a great opportunity for growth.  

Within these two business units, Centaur 
has four key brands – the Flagship 
4 – which we consider our key growth 
drivers and where the business prioritises 
investment and resource allocation. The 
Lawyer is one of these brands, while the 
other three form part of the Xeim portfolio 
(Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence and 
MW Mini MBA). The Flagship 4 is supported 

Performance

CEO REVIEW

   We are confident 
in our MAP23 
plan; the targets 
are ambitious and 
achievable and we 
are well-placed 
to capitalise on 
future market 
opportunities.” 
 SWAG MUKERJI 
Chief Executive Officer

Dear Shareholder,
This has been another unique year for 
Centaur.

After the challenges of 2020, Centaur 
entered 2021 as a strong and resilient 
business. During 2021, our people were 
brilliant and all showed great drive, energy 
and tenacity in serving our customers while 
continuing to grow our business in the 
uncertain economic environment. Their hard 
work supported 21% revenue growth and 
68% adjusted EBITDA growth while cash 
improved 58% compared to 2020 all ahead 
of market consensus.

In January 2021, we launched MAP23, our 
new strategy designed to drive profitable 
revenue growth. The core objectives of 
MAP23 are to raise Group Adjusted EBITDA 

A selection of our Xeim clients

10

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
by our suite of Core Brands. 

Over the course of 2021, we made 
significant progress in developing both 
our Flagship 4 and Core Brands. Our aim 
is to position each of these brands for 
further growth, developing cross-selling 
opportunities and enhancing their shared 
capabilities, with the ultimate aim of 
enabling our customers to deliver better 
corporate outcomes through building 
competitive advantage in their markets.  

At Econsultancy, we had success with 
the sale of blended learning solutions 
and continued to penetrate the top 200 
marketing companies, winning contracts 
from large blue chip international companies 
including Unilever, Bayer, UPS and PZ 
Cussons. In addition to the successful 
growth of the core digital platform and 
training services, Econsultancy Live and 
the marketing solutions operation also 
performed well with positive results and 
impressive revenue growth compared to the 
prior year. 

Influencer Intelligence grew in 
momentum as the year progressed, 
overcoming the challenging market 
conditions from 2020 and in Q1 2021 to 
end the year with renewal rates at 84%. 
This was supported by our new campaign 
management tool which helped drive new 
business, 41% higher than 2020 levels. 
Our focus on higher value clients supported 
margin growth and we are well positioned to 
capitalise on attractive market dynamics in 
an industry worth $15bn.  

MW Mini MBA had another excellent year, 
with record corporate sales for multi-seat 
packages and online revenues for both the 
Marketing and Brand courses. Delegate 

numbers rose 44% with many of our 
largest sales coming directly from recurring 
corporate customers demonstrating the 
value they see in the courses.  

The Lawyer also performed well, with 
excellent corporate client renewal rates of 
116% and daily usage of Horizon, the 7am 
daily email. This was supported by several 
new paid for products including Signal, 
which provides monthly in-depth strategic 
insight, benchmark data on the markets and 
detailed reports on the topics that matter 
most to law firms.

In our portfolio of Core Brands, we were 
particularly encouraged by the performance 
of the Festival of Marketing. Last year’s 
Festival, titled ‘The Year Ahead’, was held 
virtually for the second consecutive year. 
With more than 80 speakers over the 
course of four days, and above-target 
sponsorship and delegate levels, it is well 
placed to return even stronger as a hybrid 
event for 2022. 

People
In August 2021 Jane Wilkinson joined the 
Group as the new Managing Director of The 
Lawyer. Jane’s experience in driving revenue 
and margin growth across data, media, B2B 
and B2C businesses will ensure The Lawyer 
is best placed to reach its MAP23 objectives 
and I am delighted to have her onboard. 
I would also like to take this opportunity 
to thank Andy Baker for his significant 
contribution to making The Lawyer a multi-
faceted subscription-based information 
provider with a strong digital presence and 
market-leading retention rates.

We have also strengthened the senior 
management team in Centaur with the 
appointment of Claire Rance as Managing 

Director of our Core Brands, Gill Huber 
as Managing Partner of Oystercatchers 
and Juan Mejia as Marketing Director of 
The Lawyer as well as the promotion of 
Zara Paes to the role of Group Financial 
Controller.

Looking to 2022
In 2022 our objective is to continue to drive 
revenue and margin growth to deliver our 
MAP23 strategy. To do this we will focus 
investment and resource allocation on 
our Flagship 4 brands while continuing to 
develop our Core Brands, increasing the 
emphasis on cross-selling our products 
and building on their synergies. We aim to 
achieve this despite the market headwinds 
of inflation and competition for talent and 
we will manage our margin through robust 
negotiation with suppliers, flexible reward 
structures to retain and recruit top talent 
and structured price rises in relation to our 
services to customers.

We are confident in our MAP23 plan; the 
targets are ambitious and achievable and, 
with our strong balance sheet and unique 
portfolio of brands, we are well-placed to 
capitalise on future market opportunities.

Centaur will continue to invest across the 
Flagship 4 and Core Brands portfolios to 
take advantage of these trends and to 
develop its offering for our customers. 

Summary 
To conclude, I wanted to reflect on the 
past two years and reiterate my thanks to 
everyone at Centaur for their tremendous 
effort and contribution to the growth of 
our business. 

As we enter 2022 Centaur is well-positioned 
for growth. We have a clear strategy in 
place and I am confident in our ability to 
hit our targets. Next year we will continue 
to advance our offering and capitalise on 
the many market opportunities that lie 
ahead of us as we continue to invest in our 
brands and provide the most advanced and 
competitive offering in the marketplace. 

Swag Mukerji
Chief Executive Officer
15 March 2022

11

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTCentaur Media Plc
Centaur Media Plc

Key Performance Indicators

(FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL)

The Group has set out the following core financial and non-financial metrics to measure the 
Group’s performance. The KPIs are monitored by the Board and the focus on these measures 
will support the successful implementation of the MAP23 strategy. These indicators are 
discussed in more detail in the CEO and financial reviews.

Financial

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

(14)%

21%

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

16%

12%

6,786

6,951

3,938

4,813

Underlying revenue growth*

Adjusted EBITDA margin*

Attendance at Festival of Marketing

Delegates on Mini MBA course

The growth/(decline) in total revenue adjusted to exclude the impact 
of event timing differences, as well as the revenue contribution 
arising from acquired or disposed businesses. 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue where Adjusted 
EBITDA is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation 
and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through 
a business combination. 

Number of unique delegates attending the Festival of Marketing

Number of delegates on Mini MBA and related eLearning 

courses in the year

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

0.3p

1.9p

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

164%

100%

90 (£12.1m)

77 (£10.4m)

152 (61%)

160 (64%)

Adjusted diluted EPS*

Cash conversion*

Xeim customers >£50k

Top 250 law firm customers

Diluted earnings per share calculated using the adjusted earnings, 
as set out in note 9 to the financial statements.

The percentage by which adjusted operating cash flow 
covers Adjusted EBITDA (on continuing and discontinued 
operations) as set out in the financial performance review.

Number and value of Xeim customers that have sales in the year 

Number and percentage of top 200 UK law firms and top 50 US 

of greater than £50,000

law firms

Non-Financial

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

*See definitions in Financial Review on page 20.

12

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20211

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

Financial

(14)%

21%

16%

12%

Non-Financial

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

3,938

6,786

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

6,951

4,813

Underlying revenue growth*

Adjusted EBITDA margin*

Attendance at Festival of Marketing

Delegates on Mini MBA course

The growth/(decline) in total revenue adjusted to exclude the impact 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue where Adjusted 

of event timing differences, as well as the revenue contribution 

EBITDA is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation 

arising from acquired or disposed businesses. 

and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and 

impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through 

a business combination. 

Number of unique delegates attending the Festival of Marketing

Number of delegates on Mini MBA and related eLearning 
courses in the year

1.9p

164%

0.3p

100%

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

90 (£12.1m)

77 (£10.4m)

1
2
0
2

0
2
0
2

152 (61%)

160 (64%)

Adjusted diluted EPS*

Cash conversion*

Xeim customers >£50k

Top 250 law firm customers

Diluted earnings per share calculated using the adjusted earnings, 

The percentage by which adjusted operating cash flow 

as set out in note 9 to the financial statements.

Number and value of Xeim customers that have sales in the year 
of greater than £50,000

Number and percentage of top 200 UK law firms and top 50 US 
law firms

covers Adjusted EBITDA (on continuing and discontinued 

operations) as set out in the financial performance review.

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

1

2

0

2

0

2

0

2

13

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Performance
Group
Statutory revenue rose by £6.7m to £39.1m 
in 2021 – an increase of 21%. Xeim 
increased 23% and The Lawyer 9%. 37% 
(2020: 31%) of the revenue was generated 
from outside the UK and this year-on-year 
increase represented two-thirds of the 
total growth. We will not be renewing or 
taking on any new business with Russian 
customers during 2022, the impact of which 
is negligible to our results. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased from £3.8m 
to £6.4m at a margin of 16% (2020: 12%), 
showing promising progress towards our 
MAP23 targets. This improved margin was 
on increased revenues, demonstrating 
the commitment to continued cost control 
and profitable revenue growth following 
the previously completed cost savings 
programme. Central operating costs rose by 
only 3% in 2021. 

The Group posted an adjusted operating 
profit of £3.2m in the year (2020: £nil), 
showing an improved trading performance 
for the business year-on-year as a result 
of the operational gearing on increased 
revenues. 

The Group achieved an adjusted profit after 
taxation of £2.8m (2020: £0.4m). 

During 2021, we have increased our cash 
balances from £8.3m to £13.1m, mainly as 
a result of a focus on cash management, 
the increase in EBITDA, healthy cash 
collections from customers and working 
capital improvements from subscriptions 
growth and the timing of payments.

Xeim
Xeim’s revenue for 2021 was £32.1m, an 
increase of 23% from £26.0m in 2020, 
surpassing pre-Covid revenue levels of 
£31.4m in 2019. Premium content in 
2021 fell 5% year-on-year, due mainly to 
the economic uncertainties posed by the 
global pandemic in 2020 reducing both 
subscription renewal and new business 
billings in that year. However, 2021 has 
seen a recovery in renewal rates and new 
business across both Econsultancy and 
Influencer Intelligence, which will lead to 
positive momentum on revenue in 2022.

Revenue from all other streams showed 
year-on-year growth, most significantly in 
Training and Advisory and Events. Events 
revenue grew by 69% to £2.7m, largely 
driven by the move from wholly virtual 
events to hybrid events as some social 
distancing measures and restrictions were 

   The organic 
revenue growth 
and increase in 
profitability in 
2021 provides 
persuasive 
evidence of the 
progress that 
we are making 
towards our 
MAP23 goals.”
 SIMON LONGFIELD 
Chief Financial Officer

Overview
2021 has been a year of organic growth 
recovery after the significant challenges 
posed by the pandemic. The social and 
governmental restrictions imposed in 2020 
and the economic uncertainties faced by 
our customers were unprecedented. The 
easing of these measures, together with 
the focused strategic and operational 
actions taken by Centaur’s management 
team, has supported organic growth across 
most revenue streams, notably Training 
and Advisory and Events both up by 
approximately 50% year-on-year. Premium 
content was an exception to this trend, 
seeing revenues decline by 2% due to the 
downturn in renewals and new business in 
2020, which has had a knock-on impact on 
revenues in the year. 

After the divestments made in 2019 and the 
subsequent restructuring of the business, 
combined with continued control over our 
costs, we started 2021 in a good financial 
position. We are pleased with the 21% 
growth in revenue compared to 2020, the 
sustained expansion in EBITDA margin and 
the increase in our cash balance. All of this 
demonstrates that we are on track to meet 
our MAP23 objectives.

14

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
in particular by larger take up from recurring 
corporate customers as well as an increase 
in online sales.

Of our core Xeim brands, Festival of 
Marketing has shown significant recovery in 
2021 through a series of three hybrid events 
resulting in a doubling of revenue year-on-
year. This is in contrast with the reduced 
revenue in 2020 due to the move to virtual 
events. Really B2B and Oystercatchers saw 
growth in revenue of approximately 20% 
and the growth in revenue from Marketing 
Week exceeded 30%, driven by contracts 
for Marketing Solutions.

The Lawyer
Overall revenues for The Lawyer grew by 
9%. Premium content revenue showed 
modest growth of 5%, primarily from 
corporate subscriptions which grew 15%. 
However, this was offset by a planned 
deferral of revenue relating to the move from 
the transactional Market Reports product to 
the Signal product on a subscription based 
revenue model. Without the impact of this 
deferral premium content revenues would 
have grown by over 10%. 

High-margin recruitment advertising 
revenue grew 34%, demonstrating a partial 
recovery from the reduction seen due to 
the economic uncertainty in 2020 which 
saw law firms delay hiring. With a move to 
hybrid events as social distancing measures 
eased, events revenue grew 22% year-on-
year to £1.1m, albeit lower than revenue in 
2019 when all events were face-to-face.  

This led to a rise in Adjusted EBITDA from 
£2.1m in 2020 to £2.7m in 2021. The 
underlying business continues to perform 
strongly with strong renewal rates and 
continued engagement by users indicating 
how important The Lawyer has become to 
leading law firms and their fee earners. 

Measurement and non-
statutory adjustments
The statutory results of the Group are 
presented in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’). The 
Group also uses alternative reporting and 
other non-GAAP measures as explained 
below and as defined in the table at the end 
of this section. 

eased in the second half of the year.

Training and Advisory revenue saw strong 
growth of 48% on the back of continued 
excellent performance in eLearning 
revenues from the MW Mini MBA marketing 
and brand courses, Econsultancy and 
Oystercatchers.

Xeim posted an Adjusted EBITDA of £6.6m 
for the year, an increase from £4.3m in 
2020. This was predominantly driven by the 
increase in revenue, offset by an associated 
increase in cost.

Xeim contains three of the Group’s Flagship 
4 brands – Econsultancy, Influencer 
Intelligence and MW Mini MBA.

After facing difficulties posed by the 
pandemic in the prior year, Econsultancy 
grew all revenue streams in 2021, with an 
increase of 22% in the year, resulting in 
revenues now exceeding pre-Covid levels. 
Our blended learning strategy was the 
main driver of new business wins at more 
than three times the level seen in 2020, 
resulting in premium content revenue from 
Econsultancy growing 18%. Subscription 
renewal rates increased to 69% (2020: 
64%) and we are aiming to improve this 
further in 2022. 

Econsultancy’s training and advisory 
revenue also returned to growth up 22% 
on 2020 and winning further large digital 
training and consultancy contracts with 
blue chip international companies. Events 
revenue almost trebled year-on-year from 
the Econsultancy Live conferences held 
in April and November, together with 
Econsultancy revenue from Marketing 
Solutions also increasing by over 30%.

Influencer Intelligence revenue reduced 15% 
in the year. The impact of Covid on the retail 
and fashion industries in 2020 and the first 
quarter of 2021 had reduced billings due to 
cautious marketing investment from core 
consumer-facing brand clients. However, 
renewal rates improved significantly from 
Q2 of 2021 onwards and averaged close 
to the historically strong rates last seen in 
2019. New business also improved in 2021, 
up 41% on 2020. Both these increases 
resulted in annualised book of business 
growth of 3% in the year, after initially 
dropping by 6%; the revenue benefits will be 
seen in 2022.

The MW Mini MBA continues to go from 
strength to strength, with delegate numbers 
up 44% year-on-year and Net Promoter 
Scores of +75. Revenue grew 66% from the 
increase in delegates and a rise in the list 
price. Delegate increases are being driven 

15

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Adjusting items
Adjusted results are not intended to replace statutory results but are prepared to provide a better comparison of the Group’s core business 
performance by removing the impact of certain items from the statutory results. The Directors believe that adjusted results and adjusted 
earnings per share are the most appropriate way to measure the Group’s operational performance because they are comparable to the prior 
year and consequently review the results of the Group on an adjusted basis internally. 

Statutory operating profit/(loss) from continuing operations reconciles to adjusted operating profit and Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

Statutory operating profit/(loss) 

Adjusting items:

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Share-based payments

Note

4

11

23

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

11,12,18

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

3

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

–

1.1

0.5

–

2021
£m

1.6

1.6

3.2

3.2

6.4

16%

0.2

1.5

0.5

0.1

2020
£m

(2.3)

2.3

–

3.8

3.8

12%

Adjusting items from continuing operations of £1.6m in the year (2020: £2.3m) are comprised as follows:

Adjusting Item

Description

Exceptional operating costs

2021 £nil. 2020 exceptional costs of £0.2m relate primarily to staff restructuring costs following 
the onset of the pandemic.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets Amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £1.1m (2020: £1.5m) has fallen as certain assets 

have become fully amortised. 

Share-based payments

Share-based payments of £0.5m were at a similar level (2020: £0.5m). 

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

2021 £nil. In 2020 £0.1m relates primarily to asset write-offs and disposals.

Segment profit
Segmental profit is reported to improve clarity around our business units’ performance and consists of gross contribution for a business unit 
minus specific overheads and allocations of the central support teams and overheads that are directly related to each business unit. Any 
costs not attributable to either Xeim or The Lawyer, remain as part of central costs.

The table below shows the statutory revenue for each business unit:

Xeim
2021
£m

9.0

3.3

12.6

2.7

4.2

0.3

32.1

23%

The 
Lawyer
2021
£m

3.9

–

–

1.1

0.8

1.2

7.0

9%

Total
2021
£m

12.9

3.3

12.6

3.8

5.0

1.5

39.1

21%

Xeim
2020
£m

9.5

2.9

8.5

1.6

3.3

0.2

26.0

The 
Lawyer
2020
£m

3.7

–

–

0.9

0.9

0.9

6.4

Total
2020
£m

13.2

2.9

8.5

2.5

4.2

1.1

32.4

Revenue

Premium Content

Marketing Services

Training and Advisory

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Total statutory revenue

Revenue growth

16

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021The table below reconciles the adjusted operating profit/(loss) for each segment to the Adjusted EBITDA:

Revenue

Operating costs

Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Adjusted operating margin

Depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Xeim
2021
£m

32.1

(27.6)

4.5

14%

2.1

6.6

21%

The 
Lawyer
2021
£m

7.0

(4.9)

2.1

30%

0.6

2.7

39%

Central
2021
£m

–

(3.4)

(3.4)

0.5

(2.9)

Total
2021
£m

39.1

Xeim
2020
£m

26.0

(35.9)

(24.1)

3.2

8%

3.2

6.4

16%

1.9

7%

2.4

4.3

17%

The 
Lawyer
2020
£m

6.4

(5.0)

1.4

22%

0.7

2.1

33%

Central
2020
£m

–

(3.3)

(3.3)

0.7

(2.6)

Total
2020
£m

32.4

(32.4)

–

0%

3.8

3.8

12%

Xeim’s telemarketing business, MarketMakers, was closed in 2020 and its results in the prior-year comparatives are not shown above but within discontinued 
operations.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs were £0.3m  
(2020: £0.3m). The Group held positive 
cash balances throughout the year and 
therefore in both 2021 and 2020 the vast 
majority of finance costs relate to the 
commitment fee payable for the revolving 
credit facility as well as interest on lease 
payments for right-of-use assets.

Taxation
A tax credit of £0.1m (2020: credit of 
£0.9m) has been recognised on continuing 
operations for the year. The adjusted tax 
charge was £0.1m (2020: credit of £0.6m). 
The Company’s profits were taxed in the UK 
at a blended rate of 19% (2020: 19.0%),  

but the resulting tax charge is more than 
offset by a credit resulting from the effect 
of changes in the tax rate on deferred tax 
balances. See note 7 for a reconciliation 
between the statutory reported tax charge 
and the adjusted tax charge.  

Earnings/loss per share
The Group has delivered adjusted diluted 
earnings per share for the year of 1.9 pence 
(2020: 0.3 pence). Diluted earnings per 
share for the year were 0.9 pence (2020: 
loss of 10.0 pence). Full details of the 
earnings per share calculations can be 
found in note 9 to the financial statements.

Dividends
Under the Group’s dividend policy, Centaur 
will target a pay-out ratio of 40% of 
adjusted retained earnings, subject to a 
minimum dividend of 1.0p per share per 
annum.

In light of this, the Group has proposed a 
final dividend in March 2022 of 0.5p per 
ordinary share in respect of 2021. This 
brings the total dividends relating to 2021 to 
1.0p (2020: 0.5p) per ordinary share.

This final dividend is subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting and, 
if approved, will be paid on 27 May 2022 to 
all ordinary shareholders on the register at 
the close of business on 13 May 2022.

17

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Performance

FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Cash flow

Adjusted operating profit

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

Movement in working capital

Adjusted operating cash flow

Capital expenditure

Cash impact of adjusting items

Taxation

Repayment of lease obligations and interest

Free cash flow

Disposal of subsidiaries

Disposal of intangible assets

Purchase of own shares

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

Increase/(decrease) in net cash

Opening net cash

Closing net cash

Cash conversion

2021
£m

3.2

3.2

3.1

9.5

(0.8)

–

–

(2.2)

6.5

–

–

(0.3)

(1.4)

4.8

8.3

13.1

164%

2020
£m

–

4.0

2.5

6.5

(0.8)

(4.6)

–

(2.1)

(1.0)

(0.1)

0.1

–

–

(1.0)

9.3

8.3

100%

Adjusted operating cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS. Centaur defines adjusted operating cash flow as cash flow from operations 
excluding the impact of adjusting items. The Directors use this measure to assess the performance of the Group as it excludes volatile items 
not related to the core trading of the Group and includes the Group’s management of capital expenditure. A reconciliation between cash 
flow from operations and adjusted operating cash flow is shown in note 1(b) to the financial statements. The cash impact of adjusting items 
in 2020 primarily related to exceptional restructuring costs.

The movement in working capital in 2021 includes a repayment of £1.0m of VAT deferred under the Government’s Covid VAT payment 
deferral scheme (2020: £1.0m deferral). 2020 also included the receipt of £1.5m relating to the lease incentive on the Group’s former office 
premise. The cash conversion of 164% (2020: 100%) has been adjusted to exclude these one-off items. The cash conversion has  
increased significantly as a result of the positive working capital movements relating to increased bonuses for 2021 and costs related to the 
MW Mini MBA, both paid after the end of the year, and an increase in deferred income mainly due to increased billings on subscriptions.

MAP23
In January 2021 the Group announced its MAP23 strategy, under which it will raise Group Adjusted EBITDA margins to 23% (including the 
impact of IFRS 16) by 2023, while increasing revenues to £45m. The increase in revenue of 21% and EBITDA margin from 12% in 2020 
to 16% in 2021 demonstrates clear progress towards these objectives. Further details of MAP23 are detailed in the Strategy section on 
page 6.

The Group has made an encouraging start to 2022 and trading is in line with our expectations. We are expecting some pressure on 
our costs and on retention of employees due to the wider economic situation in the UK and internationally. We will address this through 
structured pricing increases to our customers, robust negotiation with our suppliers, tight control of our cost base, variable remuneration 
structures for our senior management team and continued work on the social aspects of our ESG agenda as set out in our ESG report.

18

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Financing and bank covenants
On 16 March 2021 the Group signed a new revolving credit facility with NatWest that replaces the £25m facility signed with NatWest and 
Lloyds in 2018. The new facility allows the Group to borrow up to £10m and has a three-year duration with the option of two further one-
year periods. The covenants regarding leverage and interest cover are identical to those of the facility it replaces.

Balance sheet

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred taxation

Deferred income

Other current assets and liabilities

Non-current assets and liabilities

Net assets before cash

Net cash

Net assets

2021
£m

44.2

2.5

2.4

(7.8)

(7.1)

(0.2)

34.0

13.1

47.1

2020
£m

46.1

3.3

2.2

(7.0)

(4.8)

(0.9)

38.9

8.3

47.2

Goodwill and other intangibles have decreased by £1.9m as a result of the amortisation of intangible assets. Property, plant and equipment 
has fallen by £0.8m due to the difference between depreciation and capital expenditure. Deferred income has increased by £0.8m mainly as 
a result of advance billings on subscriptions. Other current assets and liabilities have been impacted by an increase in bonus accruals and 
cost accruals related to the MW Mini MBA.

Going concern
After due consideration, as required under IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, including consideration of the Group’s net current 
liability position, the Group’s forecasts for at least 12 months from the date of this report, and the effectiveness of risk management 
processes, the Directors have concluded that it is appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. As detailed under the Risk Management section, the Directors 
have assessed the viability of the Group over a three-year period to March 2025 and the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over that period.

Conclusion
Centaur is well-positioned for growth. The resilience of our brands during the pandemic, the resultant organic revenue growth and the 
increase in profitability delivered in 2021, together with the strength of our balance sheet, provides persuasive evidence of the progress that 
Centaur is making towards its MAP23 goals and longer-term vision. 

Simon Longfield
Chief Financial Officer
15 March 2022

19

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTAlternative performance measures

Measure

Definition

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination.

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Adjusted EPS

EPS calculated using Adjusted profit for the period.

Adjusting items

Items as set out in the statement of consolidated income and notes 1(b) and 4 of the financial 
statements including exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangible assets, profit/(loss) on 
disposal of assets, share-based payment expense, volatile items predominantly relating to investment 
activities and other separately reported items.

Adjusted operating profit

Operating profit excluding Adjusting items.

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit before tax excluding Adjusting items.

Cash conversion

Exceptional items

Free cash flow

Segment profit

Underlying revenue

Adjusted operating cash flow (excluding any one-off significant cash flows) / Adjusted EBITDA 
(including discontinued operations).

Items where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in 
nature as shown in note 4.

Increase/decrease in cash for the year before the impact of debt, acquisitions, disposals, dividends 
and share repurchases.

Adjusted operating profit of a segment after allocation of central support teams and overheads that 
are directly related to each segment or business unit.

Statutory revenue adjusted to exclude the impact of revenue arising from acquired businesses, 
disposed businesses that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations per IFRS 5, and 
closed business lines (‘excluded revenue’).

20

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Risk Management

Risk management approach 
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the Audit 
Committee. Details of the activities of the 
Audit Committee in this financial year can 
be found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 45 to 47.

The Executive Committee, Company 
Secretary and the Head of Legal are 
responsible for identifying, managing and 
monitoring material and emerging risks in 
each area of the business and for regularly 
reviewing and updating the risk register, as 
well as reporting to the Audit Committee in 
relation to risks, mitigations and controls. 
As the Group operates principally from one 
office and with relatively flat management 
reporting lines, members of the Executive 
Committee are closely involved in day-to-
day matters and are able to identify areas 
of increasing risk quickly and respond 
accordingly. The responsibility for each risk 
identified is assigned to a member of the 
Executive Committee. The Audit Committee 
considers risk management and controls 
regularly and the Board formally considers 
risks to the Group’s strategy and plans as 
well as the risk management process as 
part of its strategic review.

The risk register is the core element of the 
Group’s risk management process. The 
register is maintained by the Company 
Secretary with input from the Executive 
Committee and the Head of Legal. The 
Executive Committee initially identifies the 
material risks and emerging risks facing the 
Group and then collectively assesses the 
severity of each risk (by ranking both the 
likelihood of its occurrence and its potential 
impact on the business) and the related 
mitigating controls. 

As part of its risk management processes, 
the Board considers both strategic and 
operational risks, as well as its risk appetite 
in terms of the tolerance level it is willing 
to accept in relation to each principal risk, 
which is recorded in the Company’s risk 
register. This approach recognises that 
risk cannot always be eliminated at an 
acceptable cost and that there are some 
risks which the Board will, after due and 
careful consideration, choose to accept. 
The Group’s risk register, its method of 
preparation and the operation of the key 
controls in the Group’s system of internal 

control are regularly reviewed and overseen 
by the Audit Committee with reference to 
the Group’s strategic aims and its operating 
environment. The register is also reviewed 
and considered by the Board.

As part of the ongoing enhancement of 
the Group’s risk monitoring activities, we 
reviewed and updated the procedures 
by which we evaluate principal risks and 
uncertainties during the year. 

Principal risks 
The Group’s risk register currently includes 
operational and strategic risks. The principal 
risks faced by the Group in 2021, taken 
from the register, together with the potential 
effects and mitigating factors, are set out 
below. The Directors confirm that they 
have undertaken a robust assessment of 
the principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group. Financial risks are shown in note 26 
to the financial statements.

21

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

CONTINUED

Movement  
in risk

The Board 
considers this 
risk to have 
increased since 
the prior year.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

1

Failure to deliver 
and maintain 
a high growth 
performance 
culture.

The risk that 
Centaur is unable 
to attract, develop 
and retain an 
appropriately 
skilled, diverse 
and responsible 
workforce and 
leadership team, 
and maintain a 
healthy culture 
which encourages 
and supports 
ethical high-
performance 
behaviours and 
decision making.

Difficulties in 
recruiting and 
retaining staff 
could lead to loss 
of key senior staff. 

Centaur’s success depends on growing 
the business and completing the MAP23 
strategy. In order to do this, it depends 
in large part on its ability to recruit, 
motivate and retain highly experienced 
and qualified employees in the face of 
often intense competition from other 
companies, especially true in London.

Investment in training, development and 
pay awards needs to be compelling 
but will be challenging in the current 
economic and operating climate.

Implementing a diverse and inclusive 
working environment that allows for agile 
and remote delivery is necessary to keep 
the workforce engaged. It is also required 
for the transition to a more flexible hybrid 
working model.

Higher staff churn (a challenge for many 
companies in our sector) is likely to be an 
important issue during 2022 and we will 
need to keep our policies and practices 
under review.

Developing the MAP23 business strategy 
and changes required in skill set and 
culture are challenging and costly. 

There has been a significant focus on 
employee communication this year, 
including, weekly updates, local town 
hall meetings, monthly all Company Q&A 
sessions and staff welfare calls.

We regularly review measures aimed at 
improving our ability to recruit and retain 
employees. During the year we have 
focused on bringing in higher quality 
employees to replace leavers or in new 
roles in order to enhance our strategy 
particularly in areas such as digitalisation, 
technology and data analytics. 

We track employee engagement through 
weekly ‘check-ins’ via our Engage system 
to gauge colleague sentiment and gain 
an understanding of any key risks or 
challenges.

Our employee engagement team, ‘DICE’, 
who focus on Diversity, Inclusion, Culture 
and Engagement have helped to drive 
forward initiatives relating to diversity and 
inclusion, through communication and 
virtual social events. This is sponsored by 
the CEO and a Non-Executive Director.

An annual review ensures flight risks 
and training needs are identified which 
become the focus for pay, reward and 
development areas. All London-based 
staff continue to be paid at or above the 
London Living Wage. 

Our HR team hold exit interviews for all 
leavers to identify and resolve areas of 
concern.

22

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Movement  
in risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

2

Sensitivity to  
UK/sector 
economic 
conditions.

The world economy has been severely 
impacted by the Covid pandemic and 
UK GDP fell significantly in 2020.The UK 
also came to the end of the transition 
deal with the EU at the end of 2020. 
Although the UK economy has improved 
during 2021 the Group continues to 
have sensitivity to UK/sector volatility and 
economic conditions. The impact was 
acute on some of Centaur’s target market 
segments including the fashion, retail and 
entertainment sectors and could also 
have an impact on physical events. 

The likelihood of ongoing volatility is 
expected to be high in 2022 including 
higher inflation rates and there are varying 
views as to the timing and extent of a 
recovery.

Most of the risk impacting Centaur 
relates to our customers. The Group has 
demonstrated that it can mitigate the risk 
by increased digitalisation, running hybrid 
events and offering eLearning services.

Centaur plans to increase international 
organic growth in the mid to longer 
term, focusing on the US and Asia in 
particular, to mitigate this risk. We are also 
increasing our focus on targeting larger 
scale multinational businesses which have 
a more diversified risk profile.   

Many of the Group’s products are market-
leading in their respective sectors and 
are an integral part of our customers’ 
operational processes, which mitigates 
the risk of reduced demand for our 
products.

The Group regularly reviews the political 
and economic conditions and forecasts 
for the UK, including specific risks such 
as inflation, to assess whether changes to 
its product offerings or pricing structures 
are necessary.

23

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

CONTINUED

Movement  
in risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

3

Fraudulent or 
accidental breach 
of our IT network, 
major systems 
failure or ineffective 
operation of IT and 
data management 
systems leads 
to loss, theft or 
misuse of financial 
assets, proprietary 
or sensitive 
information and/
or inoperative core 
products, services, 
or business 
functions.

Centaur relies on its IT network to 
conduct its operations. The IT network 
is at risk of a serious systems failure or 
breach of its security controls due to a 
deliberate or fraudulent cyber-attack or 
unintentional event and may include third-
parties gaining unauthorised access to 
Centaur’s IT network and systems.

This could result in misappropriation of its 
financial assets, proprietary or sensitive 
information (including personal data or 
confidential information), corruption of 
data, or operational disruption, such as 
unavailability of our websites and our 
digital products to users, unavailability of 
support platforms and disruption to our 
revenue collection activities.

Centaur could incur significant costs 
and suffer other negative consequences 
as a result of this, such as remediation 
costs (including liability for stolen 
assets or information, and repair of any 
damage caused to Centaur’s IT network 
infrastructure and systems) as well as 
reputational damage and loss of investor 
confidence resulting from any operational 
disruption.

A serious occurrence of a loss, theft 
or misuse of personal data could also 
result in a breach of data protection 
requirements and the effects of this. See 
risk 4: GDPR, PECR below.

Appropriate IT security and related 
controls are in place for all key processes 
to keep the IT environment safe and 
monitor our network systems and data.

Centaur has invested significantly in 
its IT systems and, where services are 
outsourced to suppliers, contingency 
planning is carried out to mitigate risk of 
supplier failure.

Centaur continues to develop its CRM, 
e-commerce and finance systems and 
removed a number of legacy systems 
following the divestments in 2019 which 
has reduced the Group’s cyber risk.

Centaur has a business continuity plan 
which includes its IT systems, subject to 
an annual failover test, and there is daily, 
overnight back-up of data, stored off-site.

Websites are hosted by specialist third-
party providers who typically provide 
warranties relating to security standards. 
All of our websites are hosted on a 
secure platform which is cloud hosted 
and databases have been cleansed and 
updated.

The Group Head of Data ensures that 
rigorous controls are in place to ensure 
warehouse data can only be downloaded 
by the data team. Integration of the 
warehouse with current databases and 
data captured and stored elsewhere is 
ongoing. 

Please see risk 4 below for specific 
mitigations relating to the security of 
personal data and GDPR compliance.

24

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Movement  
in risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk and impact

Risk mitigation/control procedure

4

Regulatory (GDPR, 
PECR and other 
similar legislation) 
involve strict 
requirements 
regarding how 
Centaur handles 
personal data, 
including that 
of customers. 
There is the risk 
of a fine from the 
ICO, third-party 
claims as well 
as reputational 
damage if we do 
not comply.

The UK General Data Protection 
Regulation (‘GDPR’), the Data Protection 
Act 2018 (‘DPA’) and the Privacy and 
Electronic Communications Regulations 
(‘PECR’) involve strict requirements for 
Centaur regarding its handling of personal 
data. Centaur’s obligations under the 
GDPR are complex meaning this area 
requires ongoing focus.

Centaur has taken a wide range of 
measures aimed at complying with the 
key aspects of the GDPR, DPA and 
PECR.

In 2020, a Data Protection Compliance 
Committee was formed (overseen by 
the CFO) in order to monitor Centaur’s 
ongoing compliance with these data 
protection laws.

Staff are required to undertake online data 
protection awareness and data security 
awareness training annually.

In Q4 2021, Centaur appointed a DPO 
(Wiggin LLP) to oversee its compliance 
with data protection laws. Further, 
Centaur’s in-house lawyer keeps abreast 
of material developments in data 
protection law and regulation and advice 
from external law firms is sought where 
appropriate.  

Given the increasingly global nature 
of our business and our customers, 
Centaur’s approach to complying with 
data protection laws in other jurisdictions 
should be kept under review. In 2020, 
Centaur implemented various measures 
to mitigate against risk in respect of the 
CCPA, a new Californian privacy law, and 
also appointed an ‘EU representative’ 
under the GDPR ahead of Brexit.

PECR includes specific obligations 
for businesses like Centaur regarding 
electronic marketing calls, emails, texts, 
and on their use of cookies and similar 
technologies, among other things.

In the event of a serious breach of the 
GDPR and/or PECR, Centaur could 
be subject to a significant fine from the 
regulator, the ICO, and claims from third 
parties including customers as well as 
reputational damage.

The maximum fines for breaches are 
£17.5 million (GDPR) and £500,000 
(PECR) respectively and directors can  
have liability for serious breaches of 
PECR’s marketing rules.

Other countries and jurisdictions 
worldwide are reviewing and updating 
their own laws relating to data and 
privacy. Where Centaur is required 
to comply with the laws in non-UK 
jurisdictions there is a risk that Centaur 
may not be compliant with all such 
laws and could therefore be subject 
to regulatory action and fines from the 
relevant regulators and data subjects. 

The UK’s departure from the EU will have 
implications for UK data protection laws, 
the impact of which is not yet clear and is 
being kept under review.

ICO guidance relating to use of cookies, 
and further changes to the laws relating 
to data privacy, ad tech and electronic 
marketing expected in the future, will 
further increase the regulatory burden 
for businesses like Centaur, and the 
requirements in this regard will need to be 
kept under review.

25

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

CONTINUED

The metrics in the base case are subject 
to stress testing which involves sensitising 
key assumptions underlying the forecasts 
both individually and in unison. The key 
sensitivity is on Adjusted EBITDA which 
is the primary driver of performance in 
the viability assessment. This sensitised 
scenario assume that Adjusted EBITDA is 
lowered by 10% in every period that the 
viability statement covers.

In both the base case and sensitised 
scenarios, the Group would not be required 
to rely on the revolving credit facility in order 
to fund its daily operations. Sensitising 
the model for changes in the assumptions 
and risks affirmed that the Group would 
remain viable over the three-year period to 
March 2025. 

Going concern basis of 
accounting 
In accordance with provision 30 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
the Directors’ statement as to whether 
they consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and their 
identification of any material uncertainties, 
including the principal risks outlined above, 
to the Group’s ability to continue to do so 
over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial 
statements and for the foreseeable future, 
being the period as discussed in the viability 
statement above, can be found on page 40.

Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018, the 
Directors have assessed the viability of the 
Group over a three-year period from signing 
of this Annual Report to March 2025, taking 
account of the Group’s current position, the 
Group’s strategy, the Board’s risk appetite 
and, as documented above, the principal 
risks facing the Group and how these are 
managed. Based on the results of this 
analysis, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period to 
March 2025.

The Board has determined that the three-
year period to March 2025 is an appropriate 
period over which to provide its viability 
statement because the Board’s financial 
planning horizon covers a three-year period. 
In making their assessment, the Directors 
have taken account of the Group’s £10m 
three-year revolving credit facility (which 
allows extensions to 2026 on similar terms), 
cash flows, dividend cover and other key 
financial ratios over the period. 

The covenants of the facility require a 
minimum interest cover ratio of 4, and net 
leverage not exceeding 2.5 times. In the 
calculation of net leverage Adjusted EBITDA 
excludes the impact of IFRS 16. The Group 
is not expected to breach any of these 
covenants in any of the scenarios run for the 
viability statement.

The base scenario uses a three-year 
forecast to December 2025, which assumes 
achievement of MAP23 targets, with 2024 
forecast continuing that strategy. The three 
months to March 2025 are based directly off 
the respective forecast in 2024 with inflation 
applied. The MAP23 targets were built, 
bottom-up during 2020 once the impact 
of Covid had become clear. The strategy 
focuses on investment and resource 
allocation on the Flagship 4, the four brands 
we consider our key drivers for organic 
revenue growth. Further details of the 
MAP23 plan can be found in the Strategy 
section of the 2020 Annual Report.

26

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Section 172 Statement 

Centaur is a purpose-led business and our success is dependent on the strength of our stakeholder relationships. The Board prioritises 
frequent and open engagement with all our stakeholders and their views, values and suggestions are at the heart of our decision-making 
process. In 2021, another year of unprecedented disruption that affected all our stakeholders, this communication was a key consideration 
in making our strategic choices. The table below outlines who our key stakeholders are and how we interact with them when making key 
strategic decisions, taking into consideration the factors set out in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006. This should be read in 
conjunction with our Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) Report on pages 31 to 35.

Stakeholder 
group

Investors

Customers

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this group?

•  Formal documented investor roadshow 
meetings, post results presentations 
and market updates, as well as other 
ad hoc investor meetings. 

•  Paid-for research, including video 

interviews, available to all investors via 
our website and distributed via press 
releases and email.

•  Annual General Meeting.

•  Consultation prior, during and post 

strategic decision making or execution.

• 

In October 2021, the Company held a 
Capital Markets Day.

•  Every day we interact with a wide 
variety of existing and potential 
customers. This is with a view to 
understanding customer requirements/
feedback, to manage their expectations 
and to generate long-term profitable 
revenue.

•  Our investors are integral to 

•  Strategy and business 

monitoring and safeguarding the 
governance of the Group and 
increasing shareholder value is 
one of our major focus areas.

•  We work to ensure that 
our investors and their 
representatives have a good 
understanding of, and are 
supportive of, our strategy, 
business model, opportunity, 
culture and approach to ESG.

•  Our purpose is to advise, inform 

and connect our customers to 
help them achieve their goals. 
To ensure our customers are 
satisfied with our offering and 
continue to provide repeatable 
and recurring revenues, it is 
vital that we obtain feedback to 
understand their requirements 
and adapt our offering to their 
needs. 

model. 

•  Long-term share value 

growth. 

•  Sustainable dividend 

policy. 

•  Financial stability and 

culture.

•  An engaged and 

proactive Board who 
take investors’ views 
into account in decision 
making.

•  ESG.

•  The customer experience 
and overall customer 
satisfaction. 

•  A provider that listens 

and adapts products to 
customers’ needs.

• 

Innovative products 
which deliver enhanced 
value to customers.

27

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTSection 172 Statement

CONTINUED

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this group?

•  Our diverse workforce of 271 
employees (at 31 December 
2021) is our most important 
asset and our success depends 
on their commitment and job 
fulfilment. It is vital to ensure that 
we take their needs into account 
in our strategic decision making. 

•  To ensure that communication is 
clear and understood throughout 
the Company, so all employees 
understand the purpose and 
objectives of Centaur.

•  The Company is working hard to 
drive its status as a destination 
employer by creating the right 
environment and culture. 

•  Opportunities for career 
development and 
progression.

•  Agile working patterns.

•  An understanding 

management team who 
listens to employees and 
are considerate of their 
views and values. 

•  Opportunity to share 
ideas and make a 
difference.

•  Diversity and inclusion 

•  Centaur’s ESG 
commitments.

•  DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and 
Engagement) was established in 2019 
so that all employees have a voice, and 
their views are considered. (More detail 
of the work undertaken by DICE in 
2021 is provided in the ESG report.)

•  Bi-monthly Executive Committee 

meetings, monthly senior leadership 
meetings and regular team meetings 
held virtually during 2021.

•  Monthly Senior Leaders forums 

to formulate operational business 
improvement initiatives.

•  Xeim and The Lawyer held Town Halls, 
to which all Centaur employees are 
invited.

•  Since the move to working from 

home, we have held virtual monthly 
All Business Q&A sessions, with all 
employees able to participate and ask 
questions of senior leaders. 

•  A weekly online sense check 

questionnaire ‘Engage’ which measures 
employees’ motivation and levels of 
engagement. Line managers have 
access to quarterly Engage scores 
to facilitate plans to support team 
members.

•  There have been several ad hoc 

surveys in 2021 related to working from 
home, equipment and return to the 
office. Employment surveys have also 
been sent out by DICE.

•  Annual appraisals and increased focus 
on ensuring that all employees had 
objectives set at the beginning of 2021.

•  All employees received a bonus as a 
thank you for their commitment and 
efforts during 2021.

Stakeholder 
group

Employees

28

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Stakeholder 
group

Strategic 
suppliers

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this group?

•  Meetings with suppliers as appropriate, 
together with negotiations on the terms 
and conditions of supply.

•  Strategic suppliers underpin 

several key business operations. 
Strategic decisions consider the 
impact on these suppliers, in 
terms of capability, scale, value 
for money and risk.

•  To ensure that Centaur 
can comply with agreed 
terms and conditions.

•  The values of our 

suppliers and their high 
standards of business 
conduct.

Innovation and product 
development.

Inclusion of employee 
sentiment and what is 
important to them.

• 

• 

Community

•  The Company supports local 

•  To be a good corporate citizen 

communities and charitable 
organisations through direct fundraising 
and donations. This was difficult to 
achieve with the ongoing pandemic, but 
during 2021 the Company supported 
The Trussell Trust as its nominated 
charity.

and give back to the communities 
and charities that are important 
to our employees and to the 
Company.

Government 
and 
regulators

•  The Board’s intention is to behave 
responsibly and comply with all 
applicable laws and regulations to 
ensure that the business operates 
with integrity, transparency and 
accountability, and acts with high 
standards and good governance.

• 

In doing so, we believe we will 
achieve our long-term business 
strategy and develop our 
reputation further in our sector.

•  To ensure that the 

business operates in a 
legal and transparent 
manner, in compliance 
with the spirit of all 
applicable laws and 
regulations.

29

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStakeholder engagement case study 

Stakeholder

Overview

Ongoing Covid response

The business implications of Covid were fast moving and, at times, extremely uncertain. The Board 
discussed the Group’s response and the impact on stakeholders. Our governance structure provided a 
stable foundation from which we could respond to the changing situation, led by our Executive Committee.

Investors

Continuing strong financial governance;

Focus on future financial security of Centaur;

Resumption of dividend. 

Customers

Moved face-to-face training on-line;

Created new Covid and working from home related content;

Launched and trialled new titles and formats;

Extended credit terms if needed.

Employees

Provided equipment to safely work from home;

Continued online training;

Maintained high level of staff communications;

Maintained high level of mental health support;

Online social activities took place while still in lockdown.

Strategic Suppliers

Ensured that all suppliers were paid on time.

Communities

Charity fund raising;

Donations to charities and local foodbanks.

Government and 
regulators

Complied with all government regulation regarding guidance on home-working;

Repaid VAT deferred from 2020.

30

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Environmental, Social and Governance

•  Sustainable, efficient operations – 

reducing energy and water use by 20% 
by 2025 (from a 2019 baseline) and 
reducing annual waste to 10kg per 
member per year;

•  Zero plastics – Eliminating single-
use disposable plastics from daily 
operations globally through the WeWork 
Zero Plastics Plan launched in 2018;

•  Sustainable finishes – using sustainable, 
healthy finishes standards, including 
CVOC content and emissions limits, 
eliminating high risk toxic ingredients, 
and sourcing recycled fibres for textiles 
and cushions, and FSC certified wood 
where possible; and

•  Ethical supply chains – ensuring 

supply chain partners meet WeWork 
standards across ethics, safe working 
environments, labour and human rights, 
and environment, as established by their 
Vendor Code of Conduct published 
in 2020.

WeWork also promotes wellbeing and 
social impact through regular community 
led events many of which have been held 
virtually in 2021. (source: Sustainability at 
WeWork 2021 Member and Enterprise 
Client overview). 

Our other office located in New York is small 
and is also a WeWork office. 

Strategy
Centaur recognises that being a responsible 
and sustainable business is essential to 
our success. We are also aware that key 

components of sustainability are our people 
and our approach to the wider community.
However, the Board believe that the actual 
and potential impacts of climate-related 
risks and opportunities on the organisation’s 
business, strategy, and financial planning 
are not material.

Outside our own practices, we are also 
cognisant of the indirect environmental 
impact of our supply chain and aim to 
ensure that all our major suppliers are 
environmentally responsible. For example, 
our main paper and print supplier holds the 
ISO 14001 (environmental management) 
accreditation and is certified by the Forest 
Stewardship Council and Programme for 
the Endorsement of Forestry Certification.

During 2022 the Board will look at how 
Centaur can achieve Net Zero carbon and in 
what timescale. Currently WeWork has set 
a target to be powered by 100% renewable 
electricity by 2025 and offset Scope 1 
emissions with an aim to be operationally 
carbon neutral by 2025. 

Risk Management
The Executive Committee and Audit 
Committee evaluate the risks within the 
business. Centaur, as a provider of B2B 
information, online training, events (primarily 
digital) and specialist consultancy means 
that our impact on the environment is less 
significant than that of businesses operating 
in many other sectors.

Details of our principal risks are set out on 
pages 22 to 25.

Environmental
Environment and climate change 
– our impact on the environment
Climate change remains one of the greatest 
challenges of our times and every company, 
irrespective of their size or impact, is required 
to play its part in minimising its environmental 
footprint. The Group actively seeks to 
minimise adverse environmental impacts and 
to promote good environmental practices 
wherever possible. During 2021, the vast 
majority of our services and revenues were 
delivered digitally or virtually with only a small 
percentage being generated from physical 
events. The Company has introduced an 
Environmental and CSR Policy which was 
approved by the Board and can be found at 
www.centaurmedia.com.

The Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures 
(‘TCFD’) 
The FCA introduced requirements for 
premium-listed companies to report 
against the Task Force on Climate-
related Disclosures (‘TCFD’) framework 
on a comply or explain basis as set out 
in Listing Rule 9.8.6R for years starting 
on or after 1 January 2021. TCFD is a 
reporting framework that consists of a 
list of recommendations for companies 
to consider, with the aim to improve and 
increase the reporting of climate-related 
financial information. 

Governance
The Board of Directors together with the 
Executive Committee is responsible for 
the oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities impacting the Group. DICE, its 
workforce advisory board, encourages staff 
initiatives which support our environmental 
aims. Centaur, as a provider of B2B 
information, events (primarily digital) and 
specialist consultancy means that our 
impact on the environment is less significant 
than that of businesses operating in many 
other sectors. 

Our primary emissions relate to the 
rental of our London WeWork office and 
environmental impact was an important 
element for the Board in our office choice. 
WeWork has targets as follows:

•  Renewable electricity – sourcing 

100% renewable electricity by 2025 
and offsetting Scope 1 emissions to 
become operationally carbon neutral 
the same year;

31

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance

CONTINUED

Metrics and Targets
Detail on our Scope 1 and 2 GHG 
emissions are set out below.

To help mitigate the impact of our 
greenhouse gas emissions DICE launched 
a scheme investing in a new carbon 
capture project to help mitigate the impact 
of our greenhouse gas emissions through 
carbon offsetting, with the United Nations 
(Eastbourne) tri-species tree MVULE project 
in Uganda.

There is a specific workstream within DICE 
which will focus on initiatives to encourage 

colleagues to be aware of and reduce their 
personal carbon footprints in 2022.

Centaur also encourages staff to implement 
good environmental practices by providing 
environmentally favourable employee 
benefits and rewards including a ‘cycle-to-
work’ scheme.

The move to homeworking as a result of 
the pandemic helped us decrease our 
environmental impact further, reducing 
work-related travel and printing and with a 
greater proportion of our services delivered 
virtually. Having consulted heavily with its 

staff about their preferred ways of working 
throughout the pandemic, Centaur will 
embrace a hybrid working model involving a 
mix of working from the office and working 
from home for all employees. The majority 
of colleagues will spend two to three days 
per week in the office going forward.

Similarly, as we expand in our digital 
capabilities and products, we have 
significantly reduced the use of consumable 
items such as paper and plastic.

Emissions 
We continue to measure our carbon footprint by monitoring our energy usage and we are pleased to confirm that we are compliant with the 
EU Energy Efficiency Directive ‘Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme’ (‘ESOS’). 

The greenhouse gas (‘GHG’) emissions from our operations during the year are set out below. 

Emissions from: 

Scope 1 (gas, fuel and car mileage) 

Scope 2 (electricity and steam)

Total GHG emissions

Average number of employees

Emissions per employee

1  The 2020 figures have been restated to exclude discontinued operations so that the figures above are on a like for like basis.

2021
Tonnes CO2
12

20201
Tonnes CO2
19

38

50

264

0.19

51

70

282

0.25

32

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Culture and Engagement in 
2021
•  Weekly Newsletter;

•  Wellness Day – given to all staff in 
August 2021 which will be repeated 
in 2022;

•  Feedback Forums – 1-to-1 and group 

feedback sessions organised to better 
understand employee sentiment and 
achieve greater employee satisfaction;

•  Annual employee survey;

•  Volunteer day – this was organised 

with the Trussell Trust;

•  Virtual Coffee Mornings – helped 

employees maintain social relationships 
while working remotely;

•  The Virtual Pub Quiz – a hit with 
employees in 2020 and continued 
in 2021; 

•  Film and Book Club – virtual film and 

book club continued; and

•  Virtual Events – including a Christmas 

escape room event.

All DICE’s initiatives were very well received 
with qualitative employee feedback 
conducted across the breadth of the 
business.

Social 

Our people – talent development
Our people are our most important asset 
and are crucial to our success. Having the 
right people with the right skills at all levels 
in our organisation is critical to building a 
quality, sustainable business and delivering 
our strategy. Our culture is characterised 
as customer focused, commercial, diverse, 
grounded and innovative with a Can do, 
Will do, Now! attitude. Accordingly, career 
development is a priority. 

Our people – training
All Senior Leaders have attended 
workshops to enable them to manage and 
maximise hybrid working and group and 
personal coaching sessions have been 
offered to colleagues to provide ongoing 
support during the pandemic and returning 
to the office. Specific training programmes 
have been aimed at Content staff and Sales 
Leaders.

During the year there has been mandatory 
training for all staff on Security, GDPR 
and Anti-Bribery and Corruption along 
with coaching of 36 members of staff on 
management skills, training for 10 maternity 
buddies, mentoring training and other 
individual role specific training sessions. 

As well as developing the skills of our 
employees, the Board recognises the 
importance of instilling Centaur’s values 
in the culture of the Company and the 
necessity for high standards of business 
conduct across the breadth of the Group; it 
is integral to delivering on our strategy. 

These values and standards are cascaded 
to the business from the Executive 
Directors, through the Executive Committee 
and the senior leadership team, to 
employees. This is done through weekly 
staff updates, Q&A sessions, business unit 
Town Hall meetings and other formal and 
informal methods of communication.

Employee engagement – DICE 
in action (Diversity, Inclusion, 
Culture and Engagement)
DICE was formed during 2019 with the 
purpose of helping the business build 
a more diverse, inclusive and engaged 
workforce by driving positive change. DICE 
comprises 11 employees from across the 
Group and is led by one of the CSG. DICE 
reports to the CEO, and Carol Hosey is 
the Non-Executive Director sponsor of 
DICE. Her role is to ensure that employee 
sentiment is clearly communicated to the 
Board and that our gender, diversity and 
environmental ambitions are realised with 
actionable plans.

During 2020 and 2021, DICE cemented its 
position as a critical element in Centaur’s 
continued success, playing an integral 
role in supporting engagement with our 
workforce during a period of significant 
disruption brought about by the pandemic. 
DICE made sure that everyone at Centaur 
felt connected and helped to build our 
community and culture. During 2021 DICE 
initiatives included the following:

Diversity & Inclusivity in 2021
•  Gender Diversity – publication of our 

Gender Pledge;

•  Transgender – policy published in 

December 2021;

•  Pride Month – DICE hosted a quiz to 

celebrate Pride Month and raise money 
for the LGBT Foundation; 

• 

International Women’s day – held a 
chaired panel session entitled ‘Women 
in leadership: Achieving an equal future 
in a COVID-19 world’;

•  Menopause working group – formed 
to focus on education and practical 
support;

•  Maternity returners – launch 

of a buddy scheme for maternity 
returners; and

•  Socio Economic Diversity – 

collaborated with The Social Mobility 
Foundation to invest in a series of paid 
internships that will offer a broad range 
of journalism experience to individuals 
from low income backgrounds.

33

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance

CONTINUED

Diversity
Centaur strongly encourages diversity 
across the Group and consider it an 
integral element of ensuring our success 
as a business. We profoundly believe that 
a workforce with diverse experiences and 
diverse ideas makes for a better business 
and we are committed to recruiting and 
promoting the most talented people 
from the widest pool. To do this, we offer 
apprenticeships, internships, and work 
experience opportunities to young people 
from all backgrounds and provide equal 
opportunities for all current and prospective 
employees.

To support this aim, the Group has an 
Inclusion, Diversity and Equality Policy 
which covers recruitment and selection, 
promotion, training and development, 
and standard contract terms for all staff. 
DICE has been instrumental in developing 
our Antiracism & Inclusivity and LGBTQ+ 
pledges and a Community Group forum 
exists and acts as a space of openness and 
inclusivity where employees can speak freely 
about issues regarding race.

As at 31 December 2021, two of our six 
(33%) Board members are female and two 
out of our five (40%) Executive Committee 
members are female. During 2021 we 
launched the Centaur Strategy Group, 
a small group of senior leaders in the 
Company (8 male and 6 female) to deliver 
and enhance our strategy.

As at 31 December 2021, 56% of our 
employees are female employees and 
44% are male. We proudly support flexible 
working opportunities, and over 10% of staff 
are employed on a part-time basis. 

All business Q&A sessions – these 
monthly sessions took place via Teams 
and gave all employees the opportunity to 
hear updates from senior leaders and ask 
questions on any matters of concern.

Gender pay
We carry out an annual analysis on gender 
Pay. The report for 2021 can be found 
at www.centaurmedia.com/gender-
pay-reports. Our Gender Pay Gap has 
reduced between 2020 and 2021 from 
35.4% to 24.7% mean and from 25.9% to 
12.5% median.

Environmental, social and governance 
(‘ESG’) criteria are of high importance to 
younger talent when making their career 
choices and are also an increasingly 
significant element for investors when 
making their investment decisions. DICE is 
the key driver in Centaur’s environmental 
and social policy and has devised 
workstreams to support the business in 
driving continued social and environmental 
change in 2021. 

The Group has a whistleblowing policy 
in place enabling employees to report 
any concerns about improper practices, 
including relating to its environmental and 
social responsibility practices.

Other initiatives
During 2021, the Board continued initiatives 
to support our colleagues that were initiated 
in 2020. These included:

CEO ‘Kaizen’ breakfasts – following 
on from 2020 when the CEO met with 
every employee from the business to hear 
about their experiences at Centaur, the 
insights collected were used to set up 
cross-company projects to address the 
key matters raised. Kaizen is a business 
philosophy regarding the processes that 
continuously improve operations and involve 
all employees.

Support during Covid  

We provided:

•  Access to Unum ‘Lifeworks’, an 

employee assistance programme 
providing counselling, support with 
Covid, managing finances, assistance 
with legal matters, and mental health 
support services as well as giving 
access to virtual GP appointments free 
of charge.

•  Five mental health first-aiders 

were trained who employees can 
confidentially engage with regarding 
any issues they may have. This was 
supplemented with a variety of webinars 
and initiatives to support those coping 

Xeim Masters Lunch

34

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021with change and uncertainty, building 
resilience and working from home 
effectively.

•  Access to NABS, which is a support 

organisation for the advertising and 
media industry, was also made available 
to employees.

Having seen, first-hand, the benefits of 
these initiatives, as well as listening to 
employee feedback, the Board will be 
maintaining these practices going forward. 

Health and safety
We are committed to the safety of our staff 
and, while the nature of the business and 
our WeWork serviced offices make risk of 
work-based accidents relatively low, the 
Group takes its responsibilities for the health 
and safety of its employees seriously. We 
have a detailed health and safety policy 
outlining the responsibilities of our staff to 
ensure workplace safety and our Health 
and Safety Committee, which is responsible 
for overseeing the application of this Policy, 
meets every six months and reports directly 
to the Board. 

In normal circumstances, our Office Manager 
is responsible for maintaining a safe 
environment for employees at our WeWork 
offices and an accident book is available 
to all staff in reception. We also periodically 
carry out internal health and safety reviews, 
taking follow up action to maintain standards 
where necessary, and undertake staff training 
in relation to fire safety. To minimise risk to 
the health and safety of our employees in the 
event of a major disaster or emergency, our 
business continuity plan is regularly revised 
and tested. 

While employees spent most of 2021 
working from home due to the Covid 
pandemic, our Health and Safety 
Committee continued to operate and we 
sent surveys to employees to ensure they 
had the right equipment to work safely and 
comfortably from their homes. Based on the 
responses, we supplied employees with the 
necessary furniture and IT equipment, to 
ensure they could work from home in a safe 
and healthy way.

Anti-slavery and human 
trafficking policy
We implemented the provisions of the 
UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 in 2016 
and adopted an anti-slavery and human 
trafficking policy. Our Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Statement is published on our 
website in March each year.

Community
The Group supports local communities 
and charitable organisations through direct 
fundraising, donation and pro-bono work. In 
2021 we made donations to Beat, an eating 
disorders charity (£1,400), The Calm Zone, 
a campaign against living miserably (£4,000 
paid after the end of the year), Young Minds, 
who support young people’s mental health 
(£4,000), and Mvule Project for Carbon 
Capture in Uganda (£5,000).

In 2022 the Group will support Shooting 
Star Children’s Hospices and The Trussell 
Trust, an organisation that aids a nationwide 
network of food banks to provide 
emergency food and support to people 
locked in poverty.

In 2020, donations were made to The 
Waterloo Foodbank. These donations 
comprised employee contributions and 
a Group contribution of £2,000 made by 
Centaur after the end of the financial year. 

The Group also offers each employee a paid 
day off to spend volunteering for a not-for-
profit cause or charity of their choice. We 
also operate a Give-As-You-Earn scheme 
through the payroll and offer employees the 
option to undertake Volunteer Days.

Governance 
Details on Governance are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report starting on 
page 41.

The Strategic Report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and signed by order of 
the Board. 

Helen Silver
Company Secretary
15 March 2022

35

www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTBoard of Directors

COLIN JONES 
Chair

SWAGATAM MUKERJI 
Chief Executive

SIMON LONGFIELD 
Chief Financial Officer

WILLIAM ECCLESHARE 

Senior Independent Director

CAROL HOSEY 

Non-Executive Director

LESLIE-ANN REED 

Non-Executive Director

Colin joined Centaur in September 2018 
and became Chair from June 2019. Prior to 
June 2018, Colin was CFO of Euromoney 
Institutional Investor PLC (‘Euromoney’), 
where he worked in leadership roles in 
the UK and US for 22 years. He is also an 
independent non-executive director, and 
audit committee chair, at M&C Saatchi Plc, 
and a non-executive director and trustee 
of the Finance & Commercial Committee at 
City Lit, London’s leading adult education 
college. During his time at Euromoney, 
Colin was instrumental in its transformation 
from its traditional media roots to a global, 
B2B digital information services group. He 
also has extensive M&A expertise through 
Euromoney’s many successful transactions. 
Before joining Euromoney, Colin was a 
Director at Price Waterhouse Europe, where 
he qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Chair of the Nomination Committee and 
member of the Remuneration Committee.

Swag joined Centaur in July 2016 and has 
previously held senior international general 
management and commercial financial 
positions with several blue chip FMCG 
companies, including United Biscuits plc, 
Diageo plc and Virgin, where he operated 
as a value creator, trouble-shooter and 
change agent. As Group Finance Director 
of Biocompatibles International plc, he led 
the commercialisation and growth of the 
company and ran the product licensing 
division increasing the share price fourfold 
in a falling market. Since then, he has been 
a C-suite director of three private equity 
backed businesses in a variety of sectors 
with the common themes of strategy 
refresh and shareholder value growth. He 
has also led a substantial number of M&A 
transactions and multi-lender refinancings. 
Swag qualified as a Chartered Accountant 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and is a 
Warwick MBA.

Simon joined Centaur in November 2019. 
He spent the previous 10 years as CFO 
of BMI Research, a leading provider of 
macroeconomic, industry and financial 
market analysis, which was acquired by 
Fitch Group in 2014. During his time at BMI 
Research revenues more than doubled as 
the company expanded internationally with 
Simon’s support. Prior to this, Simon was 
CFO of Newfound, an AIM-listed property 
and leisure group. Simon began his career 
at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant and 
worked in London and Australia.

William joined Centaur in July 2016. William 

Carol joined Centaur on 5 February 

Leslie-Ann joined Centaur on 1 March 

is Executive Vice Chairman of Clear Channel 

2020. Carol has extensive remuneration 

2020 and became Chair of Centaur’s Audit 

Outdoor (NYSE) having served as CEO 

experience at executive and board level 

Committee when Robert Boyle retired from 

until the end of 2021. He served as a non-

and has spent over 20 years in senior HR 

the Board on 31 March 2020. Leslie-Ann 

executive director of Hays plc from 2004–

roles, latterly as the Group HR Director for 

is an experienced non-executive director 

2014, has been a board member of the 

Mace Ltd, the international consultancy and 

and chairs the audit committees at Learning 

Donmar Warehouse Theatre since 2013 and 

construction group and Mitie Group plc. 

Technologies Group plc and Induction 

is the Senior independent non-executive 

director of Britvic plc. William was a Partner 

and Leader of European Branding Practice 

at McKinsey & Co. He has previously served 

in international leadership roles at major 

advertising agencies, including as European 

Chairman and CEO of BBDO (Omnicom); 

European Chairman of Young and Rubicam 

(WPP Group); Global Strategic Planning 

Director of J. Walter Thompson Worldwide 

(WPP Group); and CEO of PPGH/JWT 

Amsterdam. 

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and 

Nomination Committees.

Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

and member of the Audit and Nomination 

Committees. She is also the Non-

Executive Director sponsor of Centaur’s 

workforce advisory panel known as DICE.

Healthcare Group PLC. She is also chair of 

the audit committee and senior independent 

non-executive director of Bloomsbury 

Publishing Plc. Leslie-Ann is a chartered 

accountant and her executive roles have 

included CFO of the B2B publisher Metal 

Bulletin plc and the online auctioneer Go 

Industry plc. 

Chair of the Audit Committee and 

member of the Nomination and 

Remuneration Committees.

36

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021COLIN JONES 

Chair

SWAGATAM MUKERJI 

Chief Executive

SIMON LONGFIELD 

Chief Financial Officer

WILLIAM ECCLESHARE 
Senior Independent Director

CAROL HOSEY 
Non-Executive Director

LESLIE-ANN REED 
Non-Executive Director

Colin joined Centaur in September 2018 

Swag joined Centaur in July 2016 and has 

Simon joined Centaur in November 2019. 

and became Chair from June 2019. Prior to 

previously held senior international general 

He spent the previous 10 years as CFO 

June 2018, Colin was CFO of Euromoney 

management and commercial financial 

of BMI Research, a leading provider of 

Institutional Investor PLC (‘Euromoney’), 

positions with several blue chip FMCG 

macroeconomic, industry and financial 

where he worked in leadership roles in 

companies, including United Biscuits plc, 

market analysis, which was acquired by 

the UK and US for 22 years. He is also an 

Diageo plc and Virgin, where he operated 

Fitch Group in 2014. During his time at BMI 

independent non-executive director, and 

as a value creator, trouble-shooter and 

Research revenues more than doubled as 

audit committee chair, at M&C Saatchi Plc, 

change agent. As Group Finance Director 

the company expanded internationally with 

and a non-executive director and trustee 

of Biocompatibles International plc, he led 

Simon’s support. Prior to this, Simon was 

of the Finance & Commercial Committee at 

the commercialisation and growth of the 

CFO of Newfound, an AIM-listed property 

City Lit, London’s leading adult education 

company and ran the product licensing 

and leisure group. Simon began his career 

college. During his time at Euromoney, 

division increasing the share price fourfold 

at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he 

Colin was instrumental in its transformation 

in a falling market. Since then, he has been 

qualified as a Chartered Accountant and 

from its traditional media roots to a global, 

a C-suite director of three private equity 

worked in London and Australia.

B2B digital information services group. He 

backed businesses in a variety of sectors 

also has extensive M&A expertise through 

with the common themes of strategy 

Euromoney’s many successful transactions. 

refresh and shareholder value growth. He 

Before joining Euromoney, Colin was a 

has also led a substantial number of M&A 

Director at Price Waterhouse Europe, where 

transactions and multi-lender refinancings. 

he qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Swag qualified as a Chartered Accountant 

Chair of the Nomination Committee and 

member of the Remuneration Committee.

Warwick MBA.

at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and is a 

William joined Centaur in July 2016. William 
is Executive Vice Chairman of Clear Channel 
Outdoor (NYSE) having served as CEO 
until the end of 2021. He served as a non-
executive director of Hays plc from 2004–
2014, has been a board member of the 
Donmar Warehouse Theatre since 2013 and 
is the Senior independent non-executive 
director of Britvic plc. William was a Partner 
and Leader of European Branding Practice 
at McKinsey & Co. He has previously served 
in international leadership roles at major 
advertising agencies, including as European 
Chairman and CEO of BBDO (Omnicom); 
European Chairman of Young and Rubicam 
(WPP Group); Global Strategic Planning 
Director of J. Walter Thompson Worldwide 
(WPP Group); and CEO of PPGH/JWT 
Amsterdam. 

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.

Carol joined Centaur on 5 February 
2020. Carol has extensive remuneration 
experience at executive and board level 
and has spent over 20 years in senior HR 
roles, latterly as the Group HR Director for 
Mace Ltd, the international consultancy and 
construction group and Mitie Group plc. 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees. She is also the Non-
Executive Director sponsor of Centaur’s 
workforce advisory panel known as DICE.

Leslie-Ann joined Centaur on 1 March 
2020 and became Chair of Centaur’s Audit 
Committee when Robert Boyle retired from 
the Board on 31 March 2020. Leslie-Ann 
is an experienced non-executive director 
and chairs the audit committees at Learning 
Technologies Group plc and Induction 
Healthcare Group PLC. She is also chair of 
the audit committee and senior independent 
non-executive director of Bloomsbury 
Publishing Plc. Leslie-Ann is a chartered 
accountant and her executive roles have 
included CFO of the B2B publisher Metal 
Bulletin plc and the online auctioneer Go 
Industry plc. 

Chair of the Audit Committee and 
member of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committees.

37

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTExecutive Committee

STEVE NEWBOLD 
Group Managing Director  
Xeim

JANE WILKINSON 
Managing Director 
The Lawyer

JACQUIE MACKENZIE 
Chief People Officer

Steve is the Group Managing Director of 
Xeim. He is responsible for all the brands 
and services in the Xeim marketing 
division including Econsultancy, Influencer 
Intelligence and the highly successful  
MW Mini MBA series. Steve has extensive 
experience in running content-led, 
multi-channel portfolios in both B2B and 
consumer sectors. He has played a key role 
at Centaur in accelerating the growth of the 
Company’s digital information products, 
marketing solutions, operations and training 
services for customers. Prior to joining 
Centaur in 2015 Steve held Managing 
Director roles at WGSN, i2i Events, Emap 
Communications (now Ascential) and Emap 
Consumer Media (now Bauer). 

Jane is Managing Director of The Lawyer. 
She joined Centaur in August 2021 and 
has over 25 years of industry experience, 
including 18 years at B2B data and 
information business Euromoney Institutional 
Investor Plc, where she played a key role in 
growing paid subscriptions and transitioning 
the business to digital. She was responsible 
for running Euromoney Learning Solutions; 
Institutional Investor and Hedge Fund 
Intelligence, before becoming Group Chief 
Marketing Officer in 2016. Jane has worked 
with subscription businesses throughout 
her career, both B2C and B2B, in the 
information financial services and supply 
chain risk management sectors.

Jacquie is the Chief People Officer and 
joined the Executive Committee in January 
2020. Prior to joining Centaur in 2015, 
Jacquie worked for Lloyds Banking Group, 
where she undertook a number of senior HR 
roles. She also spent five years working for 
Lloyd’s Retail Banking Division in Customer 
Experience and as Head of Engagement in 
the London 2012 Sponsorship Team. Talent 
and performance are critical to get right in 
any business and Jacquie is particularly 
interested in the role that diversity, culture 
and engagement play in ensuring that 
Centaur achieves its highest potential.

38

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Directors’ Report

The Directors of Centaur 
Media Plc (‘the Company’ 
or ‘the Group’), a company 
incorporated and domiciled in 
England and Wales, present 
their report on the affairs of the 
Group and Company together 
with the audited Company 
and consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 
31 December 2021. 

There are no significant events since the 
reporting date for disclosure in the financial 
statements.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group are the 
provision of business information, training 
and specialist consultancy to selected 
professional and commercial markets within 
the marketing and legal professions, our 
two sectors. The principal activities of the 
Company are those of a holding company.

Business review
The Strategic Report, incorporating the 
CEO’s Review, on pages 2 to 35 sets out a 
summary of the Group strategic objectives, 
business model, key performance 
measures, operating and financial reviews, 
future developments, principal risks, S172 
statement and the Environmental, Social 
and Governance report. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details of the Group’s greenhouse gas 
emissions are included in the Environmental, 
Social and Governance report on page 32.

Research and development 
activities 
The Group invests in systems and website 
development activities – see note 11 to 
the financial statements for the internally 
generated amounts capitalised during 
the year. The Group does not incur any 
significant research costs.

Dividends
A final ordinary dividend under the dividend 
policy in respect of the year to 31 December 
2021 of 0.5p per share (2020: 0.5p) is 
proposed by the Directors, and subject to 
shareholder approval at the Annual General 
Meeting, will be paid on 27 May 2022 to 
ordinary shareholders on the register at the 
close of business on 13 May 2022. The total 
dividends paid to shareholders relating to 
the year will therefore be 1.0p (2020: 0.5p).

Share capital and substantial shareholdings 
Details of the share capital of the Company are set out in note 22 to the financial 
statements. As at 31 December 2021, and 15 March 2022 (being the last practicable date 
prior to publication), notifications of interests at or above 3% in the issued voting share 
capital of the Company had been received from the following: 

Harwood Capital LLP

Aberforth Partners LLP†

Artemis Investment Management LLP

Herald Investment Management

Downing LLP

31 December
2021

29.72%

24.36%

7.74%

6.64%

4.39%

15 March
2022

29.72%

24.36%

7.74%

6.64%

4.39%

† This includes Wellcome Trust Limited which is managed by Aberforth Partners LLP

At 15 March 2022 and 31 December 2021, 4,550,179 (31 December 2020: 4,550,179) 10p 
ordinary shares are held in treasury, representing 3.01% (2020: 3.01%) of the issued share 
capital of the Company as at 31 December 2021. As at 31 December 2021, there were 
800,000 (2020: 800,000) deferred shares of 10p each which carry restricted voting rights 
and carry no right to receive a dividend payment. 

Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report are detailed 
below. All Directors served from 1 January 2021 unless otherwise stated. The Board has 
decided to continue observing best practice by offering themselves for re-election annually. 

Number of 
ordinary 
shares held at 
1 January 
2021
397,206

72,769

140,000

–

–

–

Shares 
acquired  
during the 
year
6,242 

Number of 
ordinary 
shares held at  
31 December 
2021
403,448 

Number of 
ordinary  
shares held at  
15 March 2022
404,325     

–

–

–

–

–

72,769

140,000

72,769

140,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield

Colin Jones 

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

The Directors’ interests in long-term incentive plans are disclosed in the Remuneration 
Committee Report on pages 49 to 63. 

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions
By virtue of article 231 of the Articles of Association of the Company, a qualifying third-party 
indemnity provision (within the meaning given by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) 
is in force at the date of this report in respect of each Director of the Company and was in 
force throughout the year.  

The Company has purchased appropriate insurance in respect of legal actions against 
Directors and officers.

Charitable and political donations
The Group supports local communities and charitable organisations through direct 
fundraising, donation and pro-bono work and details of the charitable donations it made in 
2021 can be found in the community section on page 35.  

No political donations were made during the year (2020: £nil).  

39

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Report

CONTINUED

Employment policy
The Group is an equal opportunities 
employer and appoints employees based on 
their skill, experience and capability without 
reference to age, sex, ethnic group, religious 
beliefs or any other personal characteristics.

It is the Group’s policy to give full 
consideration to suitable applications 
for employment by disabled persons. 
Opportunities also exist for employees of the 
Group who become disabled to continue in 
their employment or to be trained for other 
positions in the Group.

The Group actively encourages employee 
involvement at all levels, both through 
monthly employee briefings and by direct 
access to managers and the Executive 
Committee. A workforce advisory panel 
known as DICE was set up in 2019 and 
more details can be found in the Strategic 
Report on page 33. In addition, the Share 
Incentive Plan as described in note 23 
encourages employees’ participation in the 
Group’s performance.

All employees are regularly briefed on the 
financial and economic factors affecting 
the Group’s performance and new 
initiatives through town hall meetings and 
management cascade communication. 

Significant agreements
The Group’s bank facility agreement is a 
significant agreement that is terminable 
on a change of control of the Company. 
In addition, awards under certain of the 
long-term incentive plans, details of which 
are set out in note 23, will vest or may be 
exchanged for awards of a purchaser’s 
shares upon a change of control of the 
Company.

Conflicts of interest
Following the implementation of legislation 
on conflicts of interest, reflected in the 
historical changes to the Company’s Articles 
of Association, procedures are in place 
to deal with such conflicts and they have 
operated effectively.

Financial instruments
A statement in relation to the financial 
risk management and use of financial 
instruments by the Group is presented in 
note 26 to the financial statements.

Information required under 
the listing rules
In accordance with the UK Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 
9.8.4C), the information to be included in 
the Annual Report and financial statements, 

where applicable, under LR 9.8.4, is set out 
in this Directors’ Report, with the exception 
of details of transactions with shareholders 
which is set out on page 60.

Going concern
The Directors have carefully considered the 
Group’s net current liability position, have 
assessed the Company’s ability to continue 
trading, and have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for at 
least twelve months from the date of this 
report and for the foreseeable future, being 
the period shown in the viability statement 
on page 26. This includes consideration of 
downside scenarios relating to the current 
immediate risk from Covid. See note 1(a) of 
the financial statements for further details 
and page 26 for our viability statement.

Subsidiaries
Details of the subsidiaries of the Company 
are shown in note 13 to the financial 
statements

Compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code
The Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance in respect of the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code is set out on 
page 41.

Auditor and disclosure of 
information to the Auditor 
The Directors confirm that, so far as the 
Directors are aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s 
auditors are unaware, and the Directors 
have taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as Directors in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information. 

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 
2006. The Directors’ responsibility statement 
is included on page 64.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board. 

Helen Silver
Company Secretary
15 March 2022

40

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Directors’ Statement on
Corporate Governance

The Board is committed to 
high standards of corporate 
governance and supports the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 
published in 2018. The Board 
sets out its report below on 
how the Group has applied the 
principles of, and complied with, 
the UK Corporate Governance 
Code during the year.

Compliance statement
The Company has applied the provisions 
set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code throughout the year. The Board is 
committed to maintaining a structure which 
establishes a sound corporate governance 
framework on behalf of the Company’s 
shareholders. Throughout the year, the 
Group has complied with all the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
except for those set out below.

In respect of Provision 38 of the Code, 
Executive Director’s pension contributions 
are in line with the Remuneration Policy 
approved at the AGM in 2019. Swagatam 
Mukerji currently receives a pension 
allowance equivalent to 9% of annual salary, 
the rate at the time of his appointment in 
2016. From 1 January 2023 this will be 
reduced by 1% a year for 4 years to align 
his pension arrangements with the general 
workforce.

The Board
As at 31 December 2021, the Board had 
four Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors (Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer). Biographies for each 
currently serving Director are shown on 
pages 36 and 37. The Board endeavours to 

maintain diversity in its composition with 
respect to gender, skills, knowledge and 
length of service in order to ensure the 
balanced and effective running of the 
Company. Colin Jones is Chair of the Board 
and was independent on appointment. 
He leads the Board and ensures that both 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors 
make available sufficient time to carry out 
their duties in an appropriate manner, that 
all Directors receive sufficient financial and 
operational information, and that there is 
proper debate at Board meetings.

The Board is responsible for the leadership 
of the Company and the Group, and in 
discharging that responsibility it makes 
decisions objectively and in the best 
interests of the Group and its stakeholders. 
The Section 172 Statement is set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 27 to 30. The 
Board sets the vision, culture, values and 
standards for the Group. The balance of the 
Board, together with the advice sought from 
the Executive Committee members and the 
Company’s external advisors, ensures that 
no one individual has unfettered powers 
of decision. The Board delegates day-to-
day responsibility for the running of the 
Company to the Chief Executive. 

The Chair is responsible for the effective 
performance of the Board through a 
schedule of matters reserved for approval 
by the Board (comprising issues considered 
most significant to the Group in terms of 
financial impact and risk) and control of the 
Board agenda. The Chair conducts Board 
and shareholder meetings and ensures 
that all Directors are properly briefed. The 
Chief Executive, supported by the Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive Committee, 
is responsible to the Board for running 

the business and implementing strategy. 
The Board reviews the performance of the 
Executive Directors and the Group against 
agreed budgets and against the Group’s 
objectives, strategy and values.

The Senior Independent Director is William 
Eccleshare, who is also a member of the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees, 
and joined the Audit Committee on 
3 August 2021. The Company Secretary 
is Helen Silver. The Company Secretary 
assists the Chair in ensuring there is efficient 
communication between all Directors, the 
committees and senior management, as 
well as the professional development of 
Directors. Independent advisors including 
lawyers, remuneration specialists and 
external auditors are available to advise the 
Non-Executive Directors at the Company’s 
expense. All the Non-Executive Directors 
are independent, and the Chair was 
independent on appointment. Committee 
meetings are held independently of Board 
meetings and invitations to attend are 
extended by the Committee Chair to 
other Directors, the Group’s advisors and 
management as appropriate. The terms 
of reference of the Audit Committee, 
the Nomination Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee, including their 
roles and the authority delegated to them by 
the Board, are available on request from the 
Company Secretary and will be available at 
the AGM. 

41

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on
Corporate Governance

CONTINUED

Board meetings 
During the year, the membership of the Board and of each Committee was as follows:

Colin Jones 

Board Role

Chair

William Eccleshare1 

Senior Independent Director

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer

1  William Eccleshare joined the Audit Committee on 3 August 2021. 

Audit 
Committee

–

Member

Member

Chair

–

–

Remuneration 
Committee

Member

Member

Chair

Member

–

–

Nomination 
Committee

Chair

Member

Member

Member

–

–

The number of scheduled full Board meetings and Committee meetings during the year along with attendance of Directors was as follows:

Number of scheduled  
meetings held:

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare 

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield 

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

 Board1

6

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
6

6

6

6

6

6

Meetings 
attended
6

6

6

6

6

6

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

4

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
_

Meetings 
attended
_

4

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
4

Meetings 
attended
4

2

Meetings 
eligible to 
attend
2

Meetings 
attended
2

1

–

–

4

4

1

–

–

4

4

4

–

–

4

4

4

–

–

4

4

2

–

–

2

2

2

–

–

2

2

1  Three additional unscheduled Board meetings were held during the year. 

If a Director is unable to attend a meeting 
they are provided with the same level 
of information as the other Directors in 
advance of the meeting and given the 
opportunity to express views, which will 
then be shared at the meeting.

In addition to the key items identified for 
discussion by the Committees above, the 
Board discussed the following matters at 
the Board meetings during the year: 

•  Review of financial performance against 

budget and prior year;

•  Decisions regarding the effect of Covid 

on the business and employees;

•  Review of dividend policy and 

payments;

•  Review and approval of budgets;

•  Review of Group key performance 

indicators;

•  Approval of financial reports and 

communication to shareholders and 
investors; and

•  Approval of the Group’s internal control 

policy, including a robust assessment 
of the principal and emerging risks, 
corporate governance environment and 
environmental issues.

Board assessment and 
Directors’ performance 
evaluation 
The Board undertakes a formal evaluation 
of its own performance and that of its 
committees and individual Directors. 
Individual evaluation aims to show whether 

each Director continues to contribute 
effectively and to demonstrate commitment 
to the role (including commitment of time 
for Board and Committee meetings and 
other duties). Evaluations are undertaken 
annually by self-assessment and the 
Chair’s performance is also evaluated by 
the other Non-Executive Directors at a 
separate meeting for this purpose each 
year. In addition, the Chief Executive is 
subject to an annual performance review 
with the Chair. New Directors receive an 
induction programme and all the Directors 
are encouraged to undertake continuous 
professional development programmes as 
appropriate. The Group maintains insurance 
cover in respect of legal action against its 
Directors.

42

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Centaur values the views of its shareholders 
and recognises their interest in the 
Company’s strategy and performance, 
Board membership and quality of 
management. The Group therefore has 
an active programme to meet and make 
presentations to its current and potential 
shareholders to discuss its objectives. 
More details on engagement with our 
stakeholders are set out in the Section 172 
Statement in the Strategic Report on pages 
27 to 30. 

Investors are encouraged to attend the 
AGM and to participate in proceedings 
formally or sharing their views with Board 
members informally after the meeting. The 
Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees are available to 
answer questions. Separate resolutions are 
proposed on each issue so that they can 
be given proper consideration and there is a 
resolution to approve the annual report and 
financial statements. Consistent with last 
year’s AGM, shareholders will be given the 
opportunity to email questions to the Board 
prior to the AGM in 2022.

The Company counts all proxy votes and 
indicates the level of proxies lodged on 
each resolution, after it has been voted on 
by a show of hands. All shareholders can 
gain access to the annual reports, trading 
updates, announcements, research, press 
releases and other information about the 
Company through the Company’s website, 
www.centaurmedia.com.

Risk assessment
Risks that affect or may affect the business 
are identified and assessed, and appropriate 
controls and systems implemented to 
ensure that the risk is managed. The 
Group’s risk register is kept by the Company 
Secretary with input from the Executive 
Committee and Head of Legal and is 
reviewed by the Audit Committee regularly 
with appropriate mitigation actions also 
being reported to and overseen by the 
Committee.

Principal and emerging risks 
The principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group, with associated mitigating controls, 
are detailed on pages 22 to 25 within the 
Strategic Report.

Ethics
The Group carries out its business in a 
fair, honest and open manner, ensuring 
that it complies with all relevant laws and 
regulations. The Company has specific 
policies on fraud, Director conflict, bribery, 
whistleblowing and slavery and human 
trafficking, which are widely distributed and 
compliance with these policies is monitored. 
The HR team ensures that new job 
opportunities are made available to existing 
employees as well as to outside applicants 
and that all employees are able to benefit 
from training, career development and 
promotion opportunities where appropriate. 
The recruitment of new personnel is made 
without prejudice and the Group believes in 
equal opportunity and encourages diversity. 
The analysis of the Group’s workforce 
and Board by gender is set out in the 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on page 34.

Through all our interactions with our 
customers and partners we ensure that we 
treat them fairly and openly while abiding 
by the terms of contracts and relevant law. 
Equally, we treat our suppliers fairly, and 
do not exploit them or their employees, 
including the objective of paying all suppliers 
within the agreed payment terms.

Monitoring of controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the Audit 
Committee. 

Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in this financial year can be 
found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 45 to 47.

Management structure
The Board delegates the day-to-day 
running of the Company to the Executive 
Directors, who in turn share the operational 
running of the Group with the Executive 
Committee. Throughout the year, the 
Executive Committee was the primary body 
implementing operational management 
across the Group. The role of the Executive 
Committee is to review:

•  Financial performance, the budget and 

forecasts;

•  Human capital management and 

resource allocation including capital 
expenditure; 

•  Operational efficiency and 

developments (including Group IT, 
procurement and facilities);

•  Product development; 

•  Market development;

•  Business continuity planning;

• 

Internal and external communications;

•  Business transformation and change 

management; and

•  Acquisition and disposal plans.

The biographies of the members of the 
Executive Committee are set out on pages 
36 to 38. 

Relations with shareholders
The Company encourages meaningful 
dialogue with all stakeholders. Shareholder 
communication centres primarily on the 
publication of annual reports, periodic 
press releases, investor presentations, 
analyst research on Centaur’s website and 
trading updates. The Chair and Executive 
Directors are available for discussions 
with shareholders throughout the year 
and particularly around the time of results 
announcements. During the year, meetings 
were held with major shareholders following 
the preliminary results in March, the interim 
results in July and most recently in October 
2021 when it held a Capital Markets Day. 

The Senior Independent Director is 
also available should any shareholder 
wish to draw any matters to his 
attention. The Directors are available for 
comment throughout the year and at 
all General Meetings of the Company. 

43

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on
Corporate Governance

CONTINUED

Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosure in respect of the 
greenhouse gas emissions of the Group 
that are attributable to human activity in 
tonnes of carbon dioxide is set out in the 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on page 32.

Fraud
While the Group cannot guarantee to 
prevent fraud, an internal control framework 
is in place to reduce the likelihood of fraud 
arising. The Group’s whistleblowing policy 
is available to employees on the Company’s 
intranet, should any employee become 
aware of any incidence of fraud.

Directors’ conflicts
Group and subsidiary Directors are required 
to notify their employing company of all 
directorships they hold. Annual conflict of 
interest disclosures require them to disclose 
such directorships or other relationships, 
which they or a person connected to them 
may hold. These are reviewed by the Board 
to assess the impact on the Company 
and whether it would impair the Group’s 
objectives.

Bribery Act 2010
In response to the Bribery Act 2010, the 
Board performed a risk assessment across 
the Group and formalised its policy to 
prevent bribery. The Board has in place 
processes to prevent corruption or unethical 
behaviour. The policy explains what is 
considered a bribe or facilitation payment, 
which are prohibited, and provides guidance 
over the levels of gifts, entertainment and 
hospitality that are considered reasonable. 
Training is mandatory for all employees. 
During 2021, an online training programme 
was made available to all employees. The 
Group’s policy is communicated to all 
appropriate third parties. The more rigorous 
processes around declaring Directors’ 
interests and identifying potential conflicts 
have improved the regular monitoring of the 
Group’s policy.

Whistleblowing
The Company is committed to the highest 
standards of integrity and honesty. Along 
with other policies which encourage this 
behaviour, the Group’s whistleblowing 
policy is available to employees on the 
Company’s intranet. This policy allows all 
employees to disclose openly, in confidence 
or anonymously, any concerns they may 
have about possible improper practices, 
in financial or other matters. An escalation 
process has been communicated to 
employees. Any matters raised will be 
investigated and resolved. The Audit 
Committee will be notified of any issues 
raised through this process and appropriate 
action taken. However, no incidents were 
noted during the year.

Modern Slavery Act 2015
The Company is committed to implementing 
and enforcing effective systems and 
controls to ensure modern slavery is not 
taking place anywhere in its business 
or in any of its supply chains. The 
Company’s slavery and human trafficking 
statement for the purposes of section 
54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 is 
available on the Company’s website, 
www.centaurmedia.com. The Group has in 
place an anti-slavery and human trafficking 
policy which has been made available to 
employees on the Company’s intranet and is 
notified to all new joiners. Training has been 
provided to key employees and the policy is 
communicated to suppliers and other third 
parties where appropriate. 

Capital structure
Information on the share capital structure is 
included in the Directors’ Report on page 39.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board. 

Helen Silver
Company Secretary
15 March 2022

44

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Audit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Audit Committee 
(‘the Committee’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2021. 
This report details the Audit 
Committee’s responsibilities and 
key activities over the period. 

The role of the Committee is to protect 
the interests of shareholders regarding the 
integrity of financial information published by 
the Group and to oversee the effectiveness 
of the external audit. It does this through 
reviewing and reporting to the Board on 
the Group’s financial reporting, internal 
controls and risk management processes 
and the performance, independence and 
effectiveness of the external auditor.

Following the appointment of Crowe U.K. 
LLP as auditor for the 2020 audit, they have 
continued in office and provided their audit 
report on 2021 on pages 65 to 68.  

Committee composition
During the year, William Eccleshare joined 
myself and Carol Hosey as members of 
the Audit Committee. Our biographies are 
shown on page 37. The membership of the 
Committee is balanced and is considered 
to contain the appropriate combination of 
recent, relevant financial experience through 
the Chair, as well as competence relevant 
to the sector. The Executive Directors, 
representatives of the external auditor and 
other Group executives regularly attend 
meetings at the invitation of the Committee. 
The Committee met four times during the 
year, with all members attending. Meetings 
are held throughout the year and timed 
to align with the overall financial reporting 
timetable. At least once during the year, 
the Committee meets separately with the 
external auditor without management, and 
as Chair I am in regular direct contact with 
the external auditor and with the Chief 
Financial Officer. 

Roles and responsibilities
The main roles and responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee are to:

•  Monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Group and any 
formal public announcements relating 
to the Group’s financial performance, 
reviewing (and approving) significant 
financial reporting judgements 
contained in them;

•  Review and monitor the external 

auditor’s independence and objectivity 
and the effectiveness of the audit 
process, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements;

•  Review and assess the Annual Report 
in order to determine that it can advise 
the Board that, taken as a whole, 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides 
shareholders with the information they 
need to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and 
strategy as required by provision 27 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code;

•  Make recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the appointment and terms of 
engagement of the external auditor and 
to review and approve levels of audit 
and non-audit remuneration;

•  Develop and implement policy on the 
engagement of the external auditor to 
supply non-audit services;

•  Review the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal financial control and risk 
management systems including a bi-
annual review of the Group’s risk register;

•  Review the Group’s financial and 

operational policies and procedures 
to ensure they remain effective and 
relevant;

•  Oversee the whistleblowing 

arrangements of the Group and 
to ensure they are operating 
effectively; and

•  Report to the Board on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the Committee 
during the year 
During the year and up until the date of this 
report, the Audit Committee undertook the 
following activities to ensure the integrity of 
the Group’s financial statements and formal 
announcements:

•  Regularly met with management and 
the Chief Financial Officer to discuss 
the results and performance of the 
business;

•  Received reports from management 
on the internal controls covering the 
financial reporting process;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external 

auditor’s strategy in advance of their 
audit for the year; 

•  Reviewed and agreed reappointment 
and remuneration of the external 
auditor;

•  Reviewed compliance with requirements 
under the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, and in particular its impact on 
the Strategic Report, Viability Statement 
and going concern assessment;

•  Discussed the report received from the 
external auditor regarding their audit in 
respect of the prior year, which included 
comments on significant financial 
reporting judgements and their findings 
on internal controls; 

•  Reviewed and discussed with the 

external auditor the results of the FRC’s 
review of their 2020 audit selected by 
the FRC’s Audit Quality Review team as 
part of their monitoring of Public Interest 
Entities;   

•  Met with other management personnel; 

•  Reviewed and discussed with 

management and the Chief Financial 
Officer each financial reporting 
announcement made by the Group; and

•  Reviewed compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’)

45

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAudit Committee Report

CONTINUED

The most significant financial reporting 
judgements considered by the Audit 
Committee and discussed with the external 
auditor during the year were as follows:

Carrying value of goodwill, 
intangible assets and 
investments
The Audit Committee has reviewed 
management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill 
and intangible assets and whether there 
is a need for any resulting impairment. 
The recoverable amount of goodwill has 
been determined through value-in-use 
calculations of each cash generating unit 
(‘CGU’) based on Board approved forecasts 
for the first three years of the value-in-use 
calculation and applying a terminal growth 
rate of 2.5%. 

Management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill and 
intangible assets resulted in no impairment 
being recognised. 

At 31 December 2021 the Committee 
reviewed management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill and 
intangible assets. The Committee has paid 
particular attention to the judgements and 
assumptions used to forecast cash flows, 
particularly around revenue and Adjusted 
EBITDA growth rates. The Committee was 
satisfied that the forecasts reflect the CGUs’ 
historical budgeting performance and that 
reasonable sensitivities were performed, 
that the value-in-use calculation reflects 
management’s best estimate, and that 
the booking of no impairment against any 
segment is appropriate. As a result, the 
Audit Committee was satisfied with the 
carrying value of goodwill and intangible 
assets in the Group’s balance sheet.

Further details on goodwill and the 
impairment testing are included in note 10 
to the financial statements.

Going concern and viability
The Audit Committee received a report 
setting out the going concern review 
undertaken by management which forms 
the basis of the Board’s going concern 
conclusion. 

The Group performed in a satisfactory 
manner with excellent growth in the  
MW Mini MBA and resilience in premium 
content billings, combined with firm control 
over the Group’s fixed costs. This resulted 
in a return to profitability at an adjusted 
operating profit level (2020: break even).  
The Group’s cash generation remained 
strong with positive Adjusted EBITDA 
resulting in an increase in cash to £13.1m  
at the end of 2021 (2020: £8.3m). 

The Committee has reviewed forecasts to 
cover the twelve months from signature 
date based on the Group’s MAP23 
strategy with downside scenarios explored. 
The Committee has also taken into 
consideration the £10m revolving credit 
facility with NatWest. The Committee has 
concluded that the adoption of the going 
concern basis is appropriate. 

The Committee has also assessed the 
statement in relation to the longer-term 
viability of the Group and of the Group’s 
principal risks to viability, including reviewing 
the long-term financial projections for the 
period over which the statement is made, 
and reviewing qualitative and quantitative 
analysis and scenario testing prepared by 
management. The Committee concluded 
that the statement in relation to the longer-
term viability of the Group in the Strategic 
Report is appropriate.

Adjusting items
Unlike recent reporting periods, there are 
no restructuring costs in the year that have 
been identified as adjusting items. The only 
adjusting items in 2021 therefore are the 
amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
and share-based payments. The Committee 
is satisfied that it is appropriate to present 
these items as adjusting items on the basis 
that they assist the user in assessing the 
core operating performance of the Group. 

The Committee assesses the 
appropriateness of all alternative 
performance measures disclosed as 
adjusting and the impact these have on the 
presentation of the Group’s results and is 
satisfied that they do not inappropriately 
replace or obscure IFRS measures. Further 
details on adjusting items are included in 
notes 1(b) and 4 to the financial statements.

New accounting standards
No new accounting standards were 
introduced during the year.

Risk management
The Group’s management is responsible 
for the identification, assessment and 
management of risk and emerging risk, 
as well as for designing and operating the 
system of internal control as set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 21 to 25. The 
Committee has assessed management’s 
identification of risk and concluded that 
appropriate mitigating actions are being 
taken. The auditor has also detailed certain 
risks in their report and set out the work 
performed to satisfy themselves that 
these have been properly reflected in the 
financial statements. The Committee has 
worked closely with management and 
received detailed information to assess the 
effectiveness of internal financial control and 
risk assessment and management systems, 
and report on them to the Board (which 
retains ultimate responsibility). Details of 
financial risks are set out in note 26.

Having monitored the Group’s risk 
management and internal control system, 
and having reviewed the effectiveness 
of material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, the 
Committee confirms on behalf of the Board 
that it has not identified any significant 
control failings or weaknesses at any 
time during the year and to the date of 
this report.

Risk of fraud 
The Committee considered the risk of 
fraudulent financial reporting in the business, 
and through its review of the effectiveness 
of internal controls and reporting from 
management, has concluded that adequate 
controls were in place during the year.

Whistleblowing
The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
whistleblowing policy and is satisfied that 
this has met FCA rules and good standards 
of corporate governance. Further details of 
the whistleblowing policy are set out within 
the Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance on page 44.

46

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021The external auditor’s report to the Directors 
and the Audit Committee also confirmed 
their independence in accordance with 
auditing standards and the Committee 
concurred. Should non-audit services be 
required in the forthcoming year, we are 
likely to use suppliers other than Crowe.

Self-assessment
During the period the Audit Committee 
performed a formal, questionnaire based, 
self-assessment the results of which 
confirmed that the Committee continued to 
function effectively.

Report to the Board
The Board has requested the Committee 
to confirm that in its opinion the Board 
can make the required statement that the 
Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 
The Committee has given this confirmation 
on the basis of its review of the whole 
Annual Report, underpinned by involvement 
in the planning for its preparation, review 
of the processes to ensure the accuracy of 
factual content and by assurances from the 
Remuneration Committee.

Independent auditor
A resolution is to be proposed at the Annual 
General Meeting for the re-appointment of 
Crowe as auditor of the Company.

Leslie-Ann Reed
Chair of the Audit Committee
15 March 2022

Internal audit
The Committee considered whether it was 
appropriate to appoint internal auditors 
and concluded that this is not currently 
required given the size of the business, its 
relatively centralised operations and the 
risks identified together with the mitigating 
controls.

External audit
The Group’s external auditor is Crowe U.K. 
LLP (‘Crowe’). The Committee monitors 
the external audit process to ensure high 
standards of quality and effectiveness. 

This was assessed throughout the year 
using a number of measures, including:

•  Reviewing the quality and scope of 

planning of the audit and the level 
of fees;

•  Monitoring the independence and 
transparency of the audit; and

•  Obtaining feedback from management 

and the Directors on the quality 
of the audit team, their business 
understanding and audit approach, and 
approving reappointment.

Crowe were appointed as auditor 
in November 2020 following a 
competitive tender.

The Audit Committee has considered the 
independence and objectivity of the external 
auditor through a careful review of their 
terms of engagement, scope of work and 
level of fees (which are shown in note 3 to 
the financial statements). 

The external auditor is excluded from 
providing any non-audit services that 
individually, or in aggregate, may impair the 
independence of the auditor. Prior approval 
from the Audit Committee is required for 
any permitted audit related or other services 
in accordance with the regulations. During 
the year, Crowe provided no services to the 
Group other than audit and audit-related 
(interim review) services.

47

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTNomination Committee Report

diversity. Our policy on Board diversity is 
set out in the Directors’ Report above. 
We have two female Board members, 
representing one-third of the Board. Further 
details of diversity/gender in the Company 
are set out in the Environmental, Social and 
Governance Statement on page 34.

Activities during the year
The main areas of focus for the Committee 
during the year were a continued review 
of succession planning and consideration 
of Board and Executive Committee 
management appointments including:

•  William Eccleshare became a member 
of the Audit Committee on 3 August 
2021, thereby ensuring each of the 
NEDs (other than the Company Chair) 
sits on each of the Board Committees; 

•  The appointment of Jane Wilkinson to 
the Executive Committee on 2 August 
2021. Jane replaced Andy Baker as 
Managing Director of The Lawyer and 
brings deep expertise in subscription 
revenue modelling and leading 
businesses in times of digital and data 
transformation. She is responsible for 
developing The Lawyer’s customer-
centric approach and building on its 
recent transition into a multi-channel 
digital platform as part of Centaur’s 
MAP23 strategy.

Colin Jones 
Chair of the Nomination Committee
15 March 2022

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Nomination 
Committee for the year ended 
31 December 2021. This report 
details the Committee’s ongoing 
responsibilities and key activities 
over the period. 

The Committee comprises myself and the 
three independent Non-Executive Directors, 
William Eccleshare (Senior Independent 
Director), Carol Hosey and Leslie-Ann 
Reed. Over the past 12 months, Centaur 
has continued to benefit from a stable, 
enthusiastic and committed Board and 
this has been invaluable in ensuring a calm 
and measured response to the continued 
challenges of the Covid pandemic and 
significant progress with executing on the 
MAP23 strategy.

Nomination Committee 
responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities 
include:

•  Reviewing the Board’s structure, size 

and composition;

•  Reviewing the composition of Board 

Committees;

•  Defining the role and competencies 

required for appointments to the Board;

•  Managing succession planning for 

all members of the Board and senior 
management team;

• 

Identifying, nominating and reviewing 
candidates for appointment to the 
Board; and

•  Reviewing the leadership needs of the 
organisation, including Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors as well as 
senior management.

The appointment of Directors is a matter 
for the Board, which considers the 
recommendations of the Nomination 
Committee. The Committee is responsible 
for ensuring that the Board and the Board 
Committees are properly constituted and 
balanced in terms of skills, experience and 

48

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Remuneration Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I am 
pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 December 2021.

Having come through an unprecedented 
and particularly difficult year in 2020, it 
is pleasing to see the levels of growth 
achieved by the team in 2021; a year still 
challenged by new variants of Covid and 
pandemic related restrictions. Across the 
business we have seen strong capabilities in 
adapting to the new working environment, 
enabling the team to continue to deliver 
exceptional customer service and drive 
business growth, all setting a solid 
foundation for 2022.

The outstanding performance achieved this 
year is reflected in the levels of variable pay 
being awarded. There will be significant 
payments under the Annual Bonus Plan 
for the two Executive Directors and the 
senior management team, and there will 
be a small award for Swag Mukerji under 
the 2019 LTIP. Forecast awards under the 
in-flight LTIPs are looking very healthy as 
the business remains on track to achieve 
MAP23. 

The Committee believes the Remuneration 
Policy is working in a balanced manner, 
rewarding performance for short-term 
results and aligning Executive interests 
with those of Shareholders over the long 
term as strategic plans are developed and 
delivered. As such, in the tri-annual review 
of the Remuneration Policy, this year we 
have decided to keep the key elements of 
the Policy the same, albeit with some minor 
updates for governance developments. 
Details of the Policy can be found beginning 
on page 51 and we ask for your approval 
of this new Policy, which will take effect 
following the AGM in May and be in place 
until 2025.

We are making an exceptional salary 
increase to Simon Longfield to ensure 
his base salary appropriately reflects his 
responsibilities and contribution to the 
business since he joined Centaur at the end 
of 2019. Swag Mukerji will receive a 3% 
increase in his salary, which is consistent 
with the lower level of salary award in the 
all-employee group, where an award is 
made. Both increases will take effect from 
1 April 2022.

The 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code states that pension provision for 
Executive Directors should be consistent 
with the workforce, which at Centaur is 
5% of salary. The pension provision for 
Simon Longfield is consistent with this 
requirement. Swag Mukerji’s pension 
contribution is 9% of salary, a level set at 
the time of his appointment to the Board 
in 2016. Swag Mukerji has agreed that his 
pension contribution rate will be reduced 
by 1% per annum beginning in 2023, and 
it will reach the required 5% by the start of 
2026. Whilst this is later than the Investment 
Association’s 2022 deadline, the Committee 
feels this is appropriate when considering 
his contractual entitlements.

This report is in three parts: (i) this Annual 
Statement; (ii) the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy Report, which sets out an updated 
Remuneration Policy which is proposed for 
approval by shareholders at the 2022 AGM; 
and (iii) the Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Committee membership and 
work of the Committee during 
the year
During the year, Centaur’s Remuneration 
Committee comprised myself, Colin Jones, 
William Eccleshare and Leslie-Ann Reed. 

The Committee had four scheduled 
meetings during 2021 and met one further 
time. The main Committee activities during 
the year (full details of which are set out in 
the relevant sections of this report) included:

•  Agreeing Executive Director base salary 

levels from 1 April 2021;

•  Agreeing the performance against the 
targets for the 2020 annual bonus;

•  Agreeing the targets for the 2021 

annual bonus plan;

•  Agreeing the award levels and 

performance targets for the 2021 LTIP 
awards; 

•  Reviewing the Company’s share dilution 

capacity for LTIP awards;

•  Reviewing and setting remuneration for 

the Directors and senior management;

•  Reviewing workforce remuneration and 

alignment of workforce incentives and 
rewards;

•  Reviewing gender pay numbers and 
disclosures and the CEO Pay Ratio 
requirements; and

•  Reviewing the Remuneration Policy 
and agreeing the changes for the 
2022 AGM.

In addition, the Committee has considered 
how the Policy and practices are consistent 
with the six factors set out in Provision 40 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code:

•  Clarity  

Our Policy (approved by shareholders 
in 2019) is understood by our senior 
executive team and has been clearly 
articulated to our shareholders and 
representative bodies (both on an 
ongoing basis and when changes are 
proposed).

•  Simplicity 

The Committee is mindful of the 
need to avoid overly complex 
remuneration structures which can be 
misunderstood and deliver unintended 
outcomes. Therefore, a key objective 
of the Committee is to ensure that 
our executive remuneration policies 
and practices are straightforward to 
communicate and operate.

•  Risk 

Our Policy has been designed to 
ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is 
discouraged and will not be rewarded 
via: (i) the balanced use of annual and 
long-term pay with a blend of financial, 
non-financial and shareholder return 
targets; (ii) the significant role played 
by equity in our incentive plans; and (iii) 
malus/clawback provisions.

•  Predictability 

Our incentive plans are subject to 
individual caps, and our share plans 
are subject to market standard dilution 
limits.

•  Proportionality 

There is a clear link between individual 
awards, delivery of strategy and 
long-term performance. In addition, 
the significant role played by 
incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with the 
structure of the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts, ensures that poor 
performance is not rewarded.

•  Alignment to culture 

Our executive pay policies are aligned 
to our culture through the use of metrics 
in our incentive plans.

49

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report

CONTINUED

•  The maximum annual bonus for 

Executive Directors will continue to be 
set at 100% of salary. The majority of 
bonus potential (80%) will be measured 
against financial-based targets with a 
minority (20%) based on strategic and 
personal objectives that includes an 
ESG target. Any annual bonus greater 
than 75% of salary will be awarded in 
Centaur Media Plc shares and deferred 
for three years; and 

•  LTIP awards are expected to be granted 
on a basis consistent with awards 
granted in prior years in terms of grant 
levels (100% of salary). Performance 
targets will be based one-third on 
Adjusted EBITDA performance, one-
third on Adjusted Basic EPS and one-
third on relative TSR.

Shareholder consultation and 
AGM approvals
At the 2022 AGM, there will be a resolution 
to approve the updated Remuneration 
Policy and an advisory resolution on the 
Annual Statement and Annual Report 
on Remuneration for the year ended 
31 December 2021. I hope we continue to 
receive your support.

Carol Hosey
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
15 March 2022

Implementation of the 
Remuneration Policy in 2021
The Committee implemented the current 
Remuneration Policy in 2021 as follows:

•  Base salary levels were increased for 

Executive Directors by 2% from 1 April 
2021. As such, Swagatam Mukerji’s 
base salary increased from £320,000 
to £326,400 and Simon Longfield’s 
base salary increased from £175,000 to 
£178,500;

•  There were no changes to pension or 

benefit provision;

•  A bonus plan for 2021 was agreed 

for both Executive Directors providing 
an opportunity equivalent to 100% of 
their salary with 80% of the opportunity 
based on financial objectives and 
20% based on strategic and personal 
objectives. The resulting performance 
provides an award of 80.6% of salary 
for both Directors, of which 5.6% of 
salary will be awarded in shares.

•  The Committee granted LTIP awards to 
Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield 
on 25 March 2021 over shares equal 
to 100% of their salaries. Performance 
conditions are attached to the LTIP 
awards relating to TSR, Group Adjusted 
EBITDA margin and Adjusted Basic 
EPS (each weighted one-third).

• 

In relation to the 2019 LTIP awards 
granted to Swagatam Mukerji, two 
of the performance criteria (Profitable 
revenue growth and Group EBITDA 
margin growth) have not been achieved. 
However, the TSR performance criteria 
has been partially met such that 80% of 
one-third of the total award will vest on 
3 October 2022, the third anniversary of 
the grant date. Simon Longfield was not 
in role at the date of grant for the 2019 
LTIP awards.

Further details are presented in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration.

Remuneration Policy Review
The current Remuneration Policy reaches 
the end of its three-year life in 2022. The 
Committee has reviewed the Policy and 
concluded that it remains fit for purpose 
other than to update it primarily for 
governance developments in respect of the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. As 
such, the main changes to the Policy from 
that approved by shareholders in 2019 are 
as follows:

•  Removal of the references to the one-off 
2019 Incentive Plan (a one-off incentive 
plan approved by shareholders in 2019);

• 

Introduction of a workforce aligned 
pension policy and the removal of the 
15% of salary pension maximum limit 
previously operated;

•  Updating malus and clawback 

provisions in the annual bonus and LTIP 
to include reputational damage and 
insolvency; and

• 

Introduction of post cessation 
shareholding guidelines.

Given the very limited changes to the 
Remuneration Policy, the Committee 
concluded that it was not necessary to 
consult with major shareholders and the 
main shareholder representatives in advance 
of the 2022 AGM.

Implementing the 
Remuneration Policy for 2022
•  The base salary for Swagatam Mukerji 
is expected to increase on 1 April 2022 
by 3% in line with the expected general 
workforce increases from £326,400 to 
£336,190. The base salary for Simon 
Longfield is expected to increase 
on 1 April 2022 from £178,500 to 
£200,000 to reflect his responsibilities 
and contribution to the business since 
he joined Centaur and market rates.

•  Simon Longfield will continue to receive 
a pension allowance equivalent to 
5% of salary, in line with the pension 
arrangements for the general workforce. 
Swagatam Mukerji’s pension allowance 
equivalent to 9% of salary will be 
reduced by 1% of salary each year 
from 1 January 2023 for four years 
such that it will be 5% of salary from 
1 January 2026. 

50

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The following section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report sets out the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy (‘Policy’), which will be 
presented to shareholders for approval at 
the 2022 AGM. The main changes to the 
Policy from that approved by shareholders 
in 2019 are as follows:

•  Removal of the references to the one-off 
2019 Incentive Plan (a one-off incentive 
plan approved by shareholders in 2019);

• 

Introduction of a workforce aligned 
pension policy and the removal of the 
15% of salary pension maximum limit 
previously operated;

•  Updated malus and clawback 

provisions to include reputational 
damage and insolvency; and

• 

Introduction of post cessation 
shareholding guidelines.

Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chair, Executive 
Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

Policy duration
Subject to shareholder approval at the 
2022 AGM, the Committee’s current 
intention is that the Policy will be operated 
for the next three years until the 2025 
AGM. All payments to Directors during the 
policy period will be consistent with the 
approved policy.

Consideration of shareholder 
views
The Committee considers shareholder 
feedback received in relation to the 
Annual Report and AGM each year. This 
feedback, plus any additional feedback 
received during the course of the year, is 
then considered as part of the Company’s 
annual review of its Remuneration Policy. 
In addition, the Committee will seek to 
engage directly with major shareholders 
and their representative bodies should any 
material changes be made to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Details of votes for 
and against the resolution to approve last 
year’s Remuneration Report and the 2019 
Remuneration Policy are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy
The table below sets out the main 
components of the Remuneration Policy 
which will be put to shareholders for 
approval at the 2022 AGM. 

Note that payments may be made under 
arrangements in place under a previous 
policy (including pension, other benefits and 
incentives). 

The remuneration offered to employees of 
the Group will be adapted to reflect local 
market practice and seniority.

Overview of Remuneration 
Policy
Centaur recognises the need to attract, 
retain and incentivise executives with the 
appropriate skills and talent to manage and 
develop the Group’s businesses, drive the 
Group’s strategy and deliver shareholder 
value. The main principles of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy are:

•  To achieve total remuneration packages 
that are competitive in the sector within 
which the Group operates and with the 
market in general; 

•  To provide an appropriate balance 

between fixed and variable 
remuneration which rewards high levels 
of performance whilst managing risk to 
the business; and 

•  To incentivise and retain management 

and to align their interests with those of 
shareholders.

Considerations of 
employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the base salary 
increases and remuneration policies and 
practice more generally for all employees 
when determining the annual salary 
increases and remuneration policy for the 
Executive Directors. Employees are given 
the opportunity to provide feedback to 
management and the Board throughout 
the year on various matters, including 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, via a 
number of different communication channels 
that have been established at the Company. 

51

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Remuneration Policy

CONTINUED

PURPOSE AND LINK
TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAXIMUM

ELEMENT

Base salary

Reflects the value 
of the individual and 
their role

Reviewed annually, 
normally effective 
1 April

Reflects skills and 
experience over time

Paid in cash on a 
monthly basis 

Provides an 
appropriate level of 
basic fixed income 
avoiding excessive 
risk arising from over 
reliance on variable 
income

Pensionable

Benchmarked 
against companies 
with similar 
characteristics and 
sector comparators

The Committee has not set a 
maximum level of salary. Increases 
will be set in the context of salary 
increases amongst the wider 
workforce

The Committee retains the 
discretion to make increases above 
this level in certain circumstances, 
for example, but not limited to:

•  An increase in the individual’s 
scope and responsibilities

•  Alignment to the 

external market

•  An increase to reflect an 
individual’s performance 
and development in the role, 
e.g. where a new appointment 
is recruited at a lower salary 
level and is awarded stepped 
increases

100% of salary

Annual 
bonus

Incentivises annual 
delivery of financial 
and strategic goals

Maximum bonus only 
payable for achieving 
demanding targets

Targets reviewed 
annually

Not pensionable

Deferral of any bonus 
over 75% of base 
salary into shares for 
three years

Dividend equivalents 
may be payable 
on deferred share 
awards

Long-term 
incentives

Aligns to main 
strategic objectives 
of delivering 
profit growth and 
shareholder return

Annual grant of 
conditional awards or 
nil cost options 

Awards capped at 100% of 
salary (200% in exceptional 
circumstances)

A two-year holding 
period post vesting 
applies for LTIPs 
granted after May 
2019

Dividend equivalents 
may be payable on 
shares to the extent 
awards vest

52

PERFORMANCE 
TARGETS AND RECOVERY 
PROVISIONS

Not applicable

Normally measured over a one-
year performance period

Primarily based on Group’s 
annual financial performance 
(majority) 

Personal and/or strategic 
objectives (minority)

Malus and clawback provisions 
apply

Normally a three-year 
performance period

Maximum performance: up to 
100% of award

Performance is based on 
financial and/or share price-
based and/or strategic/ESG 
measures (e.g. EPS and relative 
TSR)

The Committee may alter the 
weighting and targets for each 
grant annually if it determines 
that it is appropriate to do so

Awards vest as follows:

•  Threshold performance:  
up to 25% of award

•  Maximum performance: up 

to 100% of award

•  Malus and clawback 
provisions apply 

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021OPERATION

MAXIMUM

Workforce aligned for the CFO 
and any new Executive Director.
The CEO’s pension provision will 
be workforce aligned by 1 January 
2026

PERFORMANCE 
TARGETS AND RECOVERY 
PROVISIONS

Not applicable

There is no maximum. Set at a level 
which the Committee considers is 
appropriate in the context of the 
circumstances of the role/individual 
and local market practice

Not applicable

ELEMENT

Pension

PURPOSE AND LINK
TO STRATEGY

Provides competitive 
retirement benefits

Provides an 
opportunity for 
Executive Directors 
to contribute to their 
own retirement plan

Other 
benefits

Aids retention and 
recruitment

Share 
ownership

To provide alignment 
of interests between 
Executive Directors 
and shareholders

Defined contributions 
made to the 
Executive Director’s 
own pension plan. 
Cash alternatives 
may also be paid in 
full or in part

Executive Directors 
are provided with 
private medical 
insurance

Other benefits 
including company 
car allowance 
and car parking 
may be provided 
if considered 
appropriate by the 
Committee

In employment:

200% of salary

Not applicable

50% of the net of 
tax vested LTIP 
shares required to 
be retained until the 
guideline is met

Post employment:

100% of the 
in-employment 
guideline (or actual 
shareholding if 
lower) for two years 
post cessation 
of employment 
excluding: (i) own 
shares purchased; 
and (ii) shares vesting 
from any share 
award granted prior 
to the 2022 AGM

Notes
1.  The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out how the Company implemented the Policy in 2021 and how it will apply the new Policy in 2022.

2.  Not all employees have a bonus opportunity. Below Executive Director level bonus opportunities are lower and participation in the LTIP 
is limited to Executive Directors and certain selected senior management. Other employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s 
all employee share plan. In general, these differences arise to ensure remuneration arrangements are competitive in the market, together 
with the fact that remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives typically has a greater emphasis on performance related 
pay. All bonus schemes are discretionary. 

3.  The choice of performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus plan reflect the Committee’s belief that any incentive compensation 

should be appropriately challenging and primarily tied to financial measures.

4.  The EBITDA, EPS and TSR performance conditions applicable to the 2021 LTIP awards were selected by the Committee on the basis 

that they are consistent with rewarding the delivery of long-term returns to shareholders and the Group’s financial growth.

5.  Executive Directors may participate in any all-employee share plan, in line with HMRC limits, and to the extent offered.

6.  Post cessation guidelines will be operated via a self-certification approach during the two-year period, post cessation. 

53

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Remuneration Policy

CONTINUED

Malus and clawback
The current malus (prior to vesting) and clawback (within 3 years of vesting) triggers include misstatement of results, error and gross 
misconduct. In addition, reputational damage (or potential reputational damage, if it were made public) and insolvency event/corporate 
failure will also apply to the 2022 annual bonus (and any deferred bonus award granted in 2023 in respect of a 2022 bonus) and the 2022 
LTIP grant.

Reward Scenarios
Based on base salaries as at 1 April 2022, minimum, on-target (50% of incentive potential assumed) and maximum reward scenarios are 
shown below. In addition, the maximum scenario assuming a 50% share price growth is also shown.

£1,250

£1,000

£750

£500

£250

£0

£1,211

14%

£1,043

32%

28%

32%

28%

£707

24%

24%

£370

£712

14%

£612

33%

28%

33%

28%

£412

24%

24%

£212

100%

52%

36%

30%

100%

52%

34%

30%

Mimimum

On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Mimimum On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

■ Fixed Pay     ■ Annual bonus     ■ Long-term incentive     ■ Share price growth

Approach to recruitment and promotions
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s prevailing approved 
remuneration policy at the time of appointment and would take into account the skills and experience of the individual, the market rate for a 
candidate of that experience and the importance of securing the relevant individual. 

On recruitment, salary may (but need not necessarily) be set below the normal market rate, with phased increases as the executive gains 
experience. Pension provision will be aligned to that provided to the general workforce. Incentive awards would be no more than set out 
in the Policy table above. In addition, on recruitment the Company may compensate for amounts foregone from a previous employer 
(using Listing Rule 9.4.2 if necessary) taking into account the quantum foregone and, as far as reasonably practicable, the extent to which 
performance conditions apply, the form of award and the time left to vesting.

For an internal promotion, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role would be allowed to pay out according to its terms. 
Any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment may continue, provided that they are put to shareholders for 
approval at the earliest opportunity.

The Committee may agree that the Company will meet relocation, legal fees or incidental costs where appropriate.

54

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Service contracts and loss of office payments
The current Executive Directors have service contracts which have a 12-month notice period, dated 21 September 2016 for Swagatam 
Mukerji and 6 November 2019 for Simon Longfield. In respect of these service contracts, at the Board’s discretion, a payment in lieu of 
any unexpired notice may be paid, comprising an amount for base salary, pension and any accrued holiday entitlement. The amount may 
be paid in one lump sum or in two instalments and mitigation will be applied to the second instalment. If termination is within six months of 
a change of control, a payment equal to 12 months’ salary, pension and accrued holiday pay is payable. Where the Company terminates 
the contract in any other manner, any damages shall be calculated in accordance with common law principles including those relating 
to mitigation of loss. Notwithstanding the above, the Company is entitled to terminate employment without compensation, damages or 
payment in lieu of notice in specified circumstances (e.g. serious misconduct).

An annual incentive will normally be payable for the period of the financial year served, although it will normally be pro-rated and paid at the 
normal pay-out date. Any share-based entitlements granted to an Executive Director under the Company’s share plans will be determined 
based on the relevant plan rules. However, in certain prescribed circumstances, such as death, disability, retirement or other circumstances 
at the discretion of the Committee, ‘good leaver’ status may be applied. For good leavers, awards will normally vest at the vesting date set 
out in the relevant award, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant performance conditions at the time and reduced pro-rata to reflect the 
proportion of the performance period actually served. However, the Committee has discretion to determine that awards vest at cessation of 
employment or to dis-apply time pro-rating.

In addition to the above, outplacement support may be provided and legal fees or any other minor incidental costs which are considered 
appropriate may be payable.

Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The Company Chair’s fee is determined by the Remuneration Committee (other than the Company Chair, if he sits on the Committee). The 
fees for the Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board, excluding the Non-Executive Directors. The table summarises the key aspects of 
the Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:

PERFORMANCE 
TARGETS AND RECOVERY 
PROVISIONS

Not applicable

ELEMENT

Chair and 
Non-Executive 
Directors fees

PURPOSE AND LINK 
TO STRATEGY

Reflect time 
commitments and 
responsibilities of each 
role, in line with those 
provided by similarly 
sized companies

OPERATION

MAXIMUM

Cash fee normally paid 
on a monthly basis

Reimbursement of 
incidental expenses 
where appropriate

Reviewed periodically

An additional amount 
will be paid for chairing 
a Committee or being 
the Senior Independent 
Director

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual fee or fee 
increase

The Committee and Board are 
guided by the general increase 
in the Non-Executive market, 
but may decide to award a 
lower or higher fee increase 
to recognise, for example, an 
increase in the scale, scope or 
responsibility of the role or take 
account of relevant market 
movements

Letters of appointment
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company, which are for an initial three-year period with the 
option for an extension for a further three-year period and provide for a notice period of three months. All of the current Non-Executive 
Directors have chosen to submit to annual re-election at each AGM.

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey

Leslie-Ann Reed

First appointed as 
a Director
1 September 2018

Current letter of 
appointment 
commencement date
1 September 2021

Current letter of 
appointment
expiry date
1 September 2024

1 July 2016

1 July 2019

1 July 2022

5 February 2020

5 February 2020

5 February 2023

1 March 2020

1 March 2020

1 March 2023

Approach to fees on recruitment
For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the fee will be set in accordance with the approved remuneration policy in 
force at that time.

55

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration

A summary of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 31 December 2022 is set out below. 

Base salary
The Executive Directors’ current and proposed salaries are as follows:

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield 

From 
1 April 2022
£

336,190

200,000

From 
1 April 2021 
£

326,400

178,500

% 
change

3%

12%

1  Swagatam Mukerji is expected to receive a 3% salary increase from 1 April 2022 in line with the expected general workforce increase.
2  Simon Longfield is expected to receive a 12% salary increase from 1 April 2022 to reflect his responsibilities and contribution to the business since he joined 

Centaur and market rates.

Pension and benefits
Simon Longfield will continue to receive a pension allowance equivalent to 5% of annual salary, in line with the pension arrangements for the 
general workforce. Swagatam Mukerji’s pension allowance equivalent to 9% of annual salary will be reduced by 1% of salary each year from 
1 January 2023 for four years such that it will be 5% of salary from 1 January 2026. 

Annual bonus for 2022
The maximum bonus for Executive Directors will continue to be set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential will be 
measured against financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives. Any annual bonus greater than 
75% of basic salary will be awarded in Centaur Media Plc shares and deferred for three years.

Long-term incentives for 2022
LTIP awards will be granted to Executive Directors in 2022 as follows: 

•  One-third will be based on Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA thresholds and targets will be set for the year ending 31 December 2024 in line 

with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on Adjusted Basic EPS. The EPS target range for these awards will also be set for the year ending 31 December 

2024 in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on relative TSR measured against the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap (excluding investment trusts). 25% of 

this part of the award will vest for median TSR increasing pro-rata to 100% vesting for upper quartile TSR over the three years ending 
31 December 2024. In addition to the TSR performance condition, the Committee will need to be satisfied that the Company’s TSR 
performance reflects the underlying financial performance of the Company for this part of an award to vest.

The performance targets for the above awards, of which the EBITDA and EPS targets are derived from the performance envisaged under the 
Company’s long-term business plan, will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, subject to any commercial sensitivity.

Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The fees for the Chair and the Non-Executive Directors from 1 April 2022 are as follows:

From 
1 April 2022
£
103,000

As at 
1 April 2021
£
100,000

46,350

46,350

46,350

45,000

45,000

45,000

% 
change
3%

3%

3%

3%

Colin Jones 

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

56

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Remuneration received by Directors for the year (audited)
Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Salary 
and fees
£

324,800

320,000

177,625

175,000

100,000

95,000

44,694

41,586

45,000

34,833

45,000

39,000

–

10,944

–

10,944

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Benefits
£

Bonus1
£

Pension3
£

LTIP4
£

Total
£

Total
Fixed
£

Total
Variable
£

3,976

3,881

2,167

–

–

 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

263,211

37,322

110,947

740,256

366,098

374,158

61,867

19,783

143,943

33,833

8,654

8,750

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

405,531

343,664

61,867

332,389

188,446

143,943

217,583

183,750

33,833

100,000

100,000

95,000

44,694

41,586

45,000

34,833

45,000

39,000

95,000

44,694

41,586

45,000

34,833

45,000

39,000

–

–

10,944

10,944

–

–

10,944

10,944

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Executive Directors

Swagatam Mukerji 

Simon Longfield

Non-Executive Directors

Colin Jones2

William Eccleshare2

Leslie-Ann Reed2

(appointed 1 March 2020)

Carol Hosey2

(appointed 5 February 2020)

Former Directors

Robert Boyle

(to 31 March 2020)

Rebecca Miskin

(to 31 March 2020)

Notes:

1  The 2021 bonus amounts relate to bonuses earned in 2021 and payable in 2022.
2  The Non-Executive Directors agreed to waive 20% of their fees for 3 months between June and August 2020.
3  Swagatam Mukerji’s pension includes an additional payment of £8,090 that was underpaid in 2019 and 2020 due to an administration error.
4  The LTIP remuneration relates to the 2019 LTIP awards for which the performance period ended on 31 December 2021 and which will vest in October 2022. 

Further information is shown on page 58.

Annual bonus for the year (audited)
The 2021 bonus opportunity for the CEO and CFO was set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential was measured against 
financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives.

The performance against the financial objectives for both the CEO and the CFO was as follows:

Measure
Adjusted EBITDA 
(excluding the impact of 
IFRS 16)

Revenue

Threshold 
value

Target value

Threshold 
opportunity

Target 
opportunity

Result
value

Performance

Opportunity 
payable

£4.03m

£35.37m

£5.37m

£39.30m

30%

0%

60%

20%

£4.70m

£39.08m

50.0%

94.4%

45.0%

18.9%

57

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration

CONTINUED

The Committee reviewed and discussed the achievement against the personal objectives, as part of the year end review process, for both 
the CEO and CFO, and the performance against the personal objectives, as determined by the Committee, was as follows: 

Executive

Weighting

Performance

Opportunity payable 

Objective
Develop strategic actions for Flagship 4 brand in 
conjunction with BU MDs

Continue Centaur’s cultural transformation through 
empowerment and capability improvement 

Build on suite of KPIs which enable external and 
internal readers to obtain insight as to how Centaur 
is performing

Develop and implement pricing and discounting 
strategy for Flagship 4

CEO

CEO

CFO

CFO

One-third

One-third

83%

67%

One-third

50%

The aggregated 
performance results in 
a bonus equivalent to:
CEO: 16.7%
CFO: 16.7%

Develop and implement an ESG plan

CEO and CFO

One-third each

One-third

100%

100%

The above assessment against financial targets and strategic and personal objectives resulted in the following bonuses for 2021:

Executive
Swagatam Mukerji

Simon Longfield

Base salary
£
£326,400

£178,500

Maximum 
opportunity
(% of salary)
100%

Performance 
outcome (% of 
maximum)
80.6%

100%

80.6%

Bonus 
outcome
£
263,211

143,943

Cash element
£
244,800

133,875

Deferred 
shares 
element
£
18,411

10,068

Vesting of 2019 LTIP awards
With respect to the LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors (Swagatam Mukerji) on 3 October 2019 which will vest on 3 October 2022, 
vesting is based one-third on EBITDA, one-third on Profitable Revenue Growth and one-third on TSR for the three-year performance period 
to 31 December 2021. Further details relating to these awards are provided in the table below:

Performance Condition

Weighting

Targets

Adjusted Group EBITDA 
Margin Growth1

One-third

Profitable Revenue Growth 
from 2018 to 2021

One-third

0% vesting below 13.1%
100% vesting at 15.9% 
Pro rata straight-line vesting between Nil and 100%

0% vesting below 50% (£2.0m growth)
25% vesting – 50% = (£2.0m growth) – median
100% vesting (£4.0m growth)
Pro rata on a straight-line basis between 25% and 100%

Relative TSR vs FTSE 
SmallCap index (excluding 
investment trusts)

One-third

0% vesting below median
25% vesting at median 
100% vesting at upper quartile
Straight-line vesting between these points

Total LTIP vesting

1  The EBITDA targets were set excluding the impact of IFRS 16.

The 2019 LTIP awards will therefore vest as follows: 

Actual Outcome

Below threshold

Below threshold

Second quartile, 
ranked 38 out of 
118 companies

Proportion of 
award to vest

0%

0%

79.7%

26.6%

Director
Swagatam Mukerji

Number of 
shares under 
award
758,293

Vesting
26.6%

Number of  
shares vesting
201,355

Value on 
award
£
84,972

Value from 
share price 
increase1
£
25,975

Value on 
vesting2 
£
110,947

1  Value from share price increase based on a 42.2p share price at the time of grant of the award in October 2019, to the three-month average share price to 

31 December 2021 of 55.1p. 

2  The value of shares on vesting is based on a three-month average share price to 31 December 2021 of 55.1p and will be restated next year based on the 

actual share price on the date of vesting.

58

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Grant of LTIP awards in 2021
LTIP grants were made on 25 March 2021 to Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield in their roles as CEO and CFO respectively over 
shares equal to 100% of salary with performance tests based on Adjusted Basic EPS, Group Adjusted EBITDA margin and relative TSR 
(each weighted one-third). Details of this award are set out below:

Director
Swagatam Mukerji

Award date
25 March 2021

Number of shares 
under award
826,329

Simon Longfield

25 March 2021

451,898

Face value of 
award1
£326,000

Performance 
conditions
See below

£178,500

See below

Basis
100% of
base salary

100% of 
base salary

Performance period
1 January 2021 to 
31 December 2023

1 January 2021 to 
31 December 2023

1  The share price used to calculate the face value of the award was the average share price for the 5 working days prior to the date of grant.

The performance conditions for this award, including EBITDA and EPS targets derived from MAP23, are set out in three parts below: 

Performance condition
Adjusted Basic EPS1

Weighting 

Measurement period

One-third

3 years to 
31 December 2023

Targets
Threshold2

Max2

% of shares which will vest if 
target achieved

25%

100%

Between threshold and max

Straight-line basis between 
25% and 100%

Group Adjusted EBITDA margin2

One-third

3 years to 
31 December 2023

Threshold %2

Max %2

25%

100%

Relative TSR vs FTSE SmallCap 
index (excluding investment trusts) 
at 1 January 20213

Between bottom and max 

Straight-line basis between 
25% and 100%

One-third

3 years to 
31 December 2023

Median

Upper Quartile or above

25%

100%

Between Median and Upper 
Quartile 

Pro–rata on a straight–line 
basis between 25% and 100%

1  Adjusted Basic EPS is defined as reported on the face of the Group’s Income Statement.
2  The performance targets for Adjusted Basic EPS and Adjusted EBITDA for the three years, derived from MAP23, are commercially sensitive and are not 

disclosed. They will remain commercially sensitive during the three-year period of performance until the calculation is performed and disclosed in the 2023 
Annual Report. 

3  The TSR element will only vest if there has been sustained improvement in the Company’s underlying financial performance over the performance period.  

TSR is measured over the 3-year period from 1 January 2021–31 December 2023.

Swagatam Mukerji purchased 4,161 shares during the period under the Share Incentive Plan. The Company matched these shares on a  
1 for 2 basis in accordance with the Plan rules, resulting in 2,081 matching shares being awarded in the year.

Board changes and payments for loss of office (audited)
There were no Board changes or payments for loss of office during 2021.

59

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration

CONTINUED

Payments to past Directors (audited)
Consistent with a long-standing arrangement, Graham Sherren, former Chief Executive Officer and Chair, was paid £3,000 during the year 
(2020: £3,000) for advisory services performed.

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited) 
The tables below set out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under LTIP schemes (which will vest in future years, 
subject to performance and continued service). Under each scheme the exercise price is £nil.

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed

At 
31 December 
2021

Date  
of award

Performance 
period

Exercise 
period

Share price 
on date of 
grant

Swagatam Mukerji

2018

20191

2020

2021

Simon Longfield

2020

2021

At 
31 December 
2020

506,072

758,293

960,000

–

–

–

–

826,329

2,224,365

826,329

525,000

–

–

451,898

525,000

451,898

– 506,072

–

06/04/18

01/01/18– 
31/12/20

06/04/21– 
05/10/21

01/01/19– 
31/12/21

03/10/22– 
02/04/23

01/01/20– 
30/06/23

30/06/23– 
31/12/23

01/01/21–
31/12/23

25/03/24–
24/09/24

758,293

03/10/19

960,000

30/06/20

826,329

25/03/21

2,544,622

525,000

30/06/20

451,898

25/03/21

01/01/20– 
30/06/23

30/06/23– 
31/12/23

01/01/21–
31/12/23

25/03/24–
24/09/24 

976,898

50.2p

42.2p

25.0p

39.5p

25.0p

39.5p

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1  LTIPs granted in 2019 will vest at 26.6% of the maximum on 3 October 2022.

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by Directors (including their connected persons where relevant).

Executive 

Swagatam Mukerji1

Simon Longfield 

Non-Executives 

Colin Jones

William Eccleshare

Carol Hosey 

Leslie-Ann Reed 

Interests in ordinary shares

31 December 
2020

31 December 
2021

397,206

72,769

403,448

72,769

140,000

140,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

Shareholding 
guideline 
achieved?

Interests 
in share 
schemes

LTIP

Total

2,544,622

2,948,070

976,898

1,049,667

–

–

–

–

140,000

–

–

–

No

No

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1  370,227 of these interests in ordinary shares are held by Rina Mukerji.

60

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Performance graph
The graph below shows the TSR of Centaur Media plc compared to the performance of the FTSE SmallCap index (excluding investment 
trusts) over the last ten and a half years. This comparator has been chosen on the basis that it is the index against which performance for 
the purpose of share awards made under the LTIP is assessed. Owing to the change to the financial year end in 2014, there was no financial 
year ended 30 June 2014 and, instead, TSR performance for the 18 months ended 31 December 2014 is shown.

The graph shows the value of £100 invested in Centaur Media plc on 1 July 2011 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 
SmallCap index (excluding investment trusts) at each financial period end.

Total Shareholder Return
Source: Refinitiv Datastream

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

30 June 
2011

30 June 
2012

30 June 
2013

31 Dec 
2014

31 Dec 
2015

31 Dec 
2016

31 Dec 
2017

31 Dec 
2018

31 Dec 
2019

31 Dec 
2020

31 Dec 
2021

Centaur Media

FTSE SmallCap (excluding Investment Trusts)

History of remuneration for the CEO
The table below sets out the CEO single figure of total remuneration over the past ten and a half years.

Period ended
31 December 2021

31 December 2020

31 December 2019

31 December 2019

31 December 2018

31 December 2017

31 December 2016

31 December 2015

CEO
Swagatam Mukerji

Swagatam Mukerji

Swagatam Mukerji (from 4 September 2019)

Andria Vidler (until 30 September 2019)

Andria Vidler

Andria Vidler

Andria Vidler

Andria Vidler

31 December 2014 (18-months) 

Andria Vidler (from 14 November 2013) 

Total  
remuneration 
£
740,256

Annual bonus 
(% of max)
81

Long-term 
incentives 
(% of max)
27

405,531

258,7431

975,4252

430,859

558,526

422,605

416,607

670,077

514,920

Geoff Wilmot

Geoff Wilmot

 363,3213

Geoff Wilmot

568,673

19

70

63

0

37

0

2

56

0

7

58

0

N/A

50

0

0

0

N/A

N/A

0

0

0

30 June 2013

30 June 2012

30 June 2011

1  Based on salary and benefits for the period from 4 September 2019 to 31 December 2019 and a pro-rated portion of the 2019 IP relating to that period. 

Excludes the LTIP part of his remuneration on the basis that this related to his role as CFO.

2  Based on total remuneration including salary, benefits, 2019 IP and LTIP remuneration, but excluding £392,642 contractual notice payment.
3  Excludes £384,704 termination and contractual notice payment as detailed in the 2013 Report and Accounts.

61

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORT 
Annual Report on Remuneration

CONTINUED

Change in remuneration of the CEO, other Directors and employees 
The percentage change in remuneration between 2020 and 2021, excluding LTIP and pension contributions for the CEO, CFO, Non-
Executive Directors and for the average of all other employees in the Group was as follows:

Executive Directors

Swagatam Mukerji1,2

Simon Longfield2,3

Non-Executive Directors

Colin Jones4,5

William Eccleshare4

Carol Hosey4

Leslie-Ann Reed4

Employee population6

% change 2020 v 2019

% change 2021 v 2020

Base salary

 Taxable 
Benefits

Annual 
Bonus

Base salary

 Taxable 
Benefits

15% 

0% 

13%

(5%)

0%

0%

(11%)

6% 

0% 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(6%)

(85%)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(71%)

2% 

2% 

5%

7%

15%

29%

9%

2% 

N/A 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

55%

Annual 
Bonus

325% 

325% 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

274%

1  The increase in salary for Swagatam Mukerji in 2020 reflects the uplift in salary on his appointment as CEO in September 2020. 
2  The increase in bonuses of 325% in 2021 reflects the decrease in bonus opportunity in 2020 to 20% of the standard opportunity as a result of Covid. 
3  Simon Longfield did not have any taxable benefits in 2020, but joined the Group’s medical insurance plan on 1 January 2021. 
4 

Included within the increase in salary for the Non-Executive Directors is a 5% impact from the 20% reduction in fees that they waived between June and 
August 2020. In addition, Carol Hosey and Leslie-Ann Reed joined part way through 2020 resulting in an increase in salary year-on-year. Only William 
Eccleshare received an increase in annual fees of 2.8% as at 1 April 2021.

5  The increase in salary for Colin Jones in 2020 reflects the full year impact of the uplift in salary on his appointment as Chair in June 2019. 
6  Calculated based on average remuneration for all employees in the Group (excluding discontinued operations).

CEO pay ratio
The tables below set out a comparison of the CEO total remuneration to the equivalent remuneration of the upper quartile, median and lower 
quartile UK employees:

Year

2021

2020

Method

Option C1

Option C1

25th %tile
pay ratio

24:1

14:1

Median
pay ratio

17:1

10:1

75th %tile
pay ratio 

10:1

7:1

1  The Group has used Option C given that this method of calculation was considered to be the most efficient and robust approach in respect of gathering 

recent and readily available data for 2021 and 2020. The annualisation of employee remuneration data in the final month of the relevant year end is 
considered to be representative of the relevant quartiles.

Year

2021

2020

25th %tile

£30,000  

£28,014

Salary

Median

£39,000

£36,360

Total remuneration

75th %tile

25th %tile

£55,661

£51,000

£31,500

£29,988

Median

£43,050

£40,000

75th %tile

£77,070

£57,740

Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in distributions to shareholders and employee remuneration costs. 

Employee remuneration costs

Dividends paid and share repurchases

2021

£19.3m

£1.5m 

2020

% Change

£17.3m

£nil 

12%

N/A

62

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board at least annually on 
the broad policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair, Company Secretary and management tier below the Board. 
It also determines their individual remuneration packages, including pension arrangements, bonuses and all incentive schemes and the 
determination of targets for any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Group. In addition, the Committee reviews pay and 
conditions across the workforce and takes this into account when considering executive remuneration. Minutes of Committee meetings are 
circulated to the Board once they have been approved by the Committee.

External advisors
The Remuneration Committee has access to independent advice where it considers it appropriate. During the year, the Committee sought 
advice relating to executive remuneration from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’), who were appointed by the Committee. The Committee 
is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in relation to executive remuneration matters during the year under review was objective and 
independent. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of 
Conduct. The fees charged by FIT for the year, based on time and materials, amounted to £10,068.

Statement of shareholder voting
The voting results for the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (2019 AGM) and last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report were as follows:

Resolution
Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2019

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration Report in 2021

Number of votes
 for (and 
percentage 
of votes cast)
102,537,475
(87.8%)

102,652.540
(99.98%)

Number of votes 
against 
(and percentage 
of votes cast)
14,247,400
(12.2%)

20,374
(0.02%)

Number 
of votes 
cast
116,784,875

Number 
of votes 
withheld 
3,233

102,672,914

15,000

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
Approval
The Board of Directors has approved this Remuneration Committee Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Carol Hosey
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
15 March 2022

63

www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTStatement of Directors’ Responsibilities in
Respect of the Financial Statements

• 

the Directors’ Report includes a 
fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and Company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that it 
faces. 

In the case of each Director in office at the 
date the Directors’ Report is approved:

• 

• 

so far as the Director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Group and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information. 

By order of the Board

Helen Silver
Company Secretary
15 March 2022

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Group 
and Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the annual 
report and accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed in the Governance 
Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

• 

• 

the Company financial statements, 
which have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted IASs, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and result of 
the Company;

the Group financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance with 
UK-adopted IASs, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; and

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. On 31 December 2020, 
IFRS as adopted by the European Union 
at that date was brought into UK law 
and became UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (IASs), with future 
changes being subject to endorsement by 
the UK Endorsement Board. Therefore, the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial 
statements in accordance with UK-adopted 
IASs and Company financial statements 
in accordance with UK-adopted IASs. 
Under company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group 
and Company and of the profit or loss of 
the Group and Company for that period. 
In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently;

state whether applicable UK-adopted 
IASs have been followed for the 
Group financial statements and UK-
adopted IASs have been followed for 
the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

•  make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Company will continue in 
business.

The Directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

64

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Independent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

To the members of Centaur Media PLC  

Opinion 
We have audited the financial statements 
of Centaur Media Plc (the “Company”) 
and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 
year ended 31 December 2021 which 
comprise the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, Consolidated and 
Company statement of changes in equity, 
Consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position, Consolidated and 
Company cash flow statement and notes 
to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK adopted 
international accounting standards. 

In our opinion, the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2021 and of the Group’s profit for the 
year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in 

accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going 
concern
In auditing the financial statements, we 
have concluded that the Director’s use 
of the going concern basis of accounting 

in the preparation of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements is 
appropriate. Our evaluation of the Director’s 
assessment of the Group and parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting 
included:

•  Assessing the cash flow requirements 
of the Group over the duration of the 
viability statement based on budgets 
and forecasts;

•  Understanding what forecast 

expenditure is committed and what 
could be considered discretionary;  

•  Considering the liquidity of existing 
assets on the statement of financial 
position; 

•  Considering the terms of the finance 
facilities and the amount available for 
drawdown; and

•  Considering potential downside 

scenarios and the resultant impact on 
available funds.

Based on the work we have performed, 
we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast 
significant doubt on the Group and Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements 
are authorised for issue.

In relation to the Group reporting on how 
they have applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the Directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether 
the Director’s considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting. 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities 
of the Directors with respect to going 
concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Overview of our audit 
approach
Our application of Materiality
In planning and performing our audit 
we applied the concept of materiality. 
An item is considered material if it could 
reasonably be expected to change the 
economic decisions of a user of the 
financial statements. We used the concept 
of materiality to both focus our testing and 
to evaluate the impact of misstatements 
identified.

Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined overall materiality for the 
Group financial statements as a whole 
to be £200,000, based on a variety of 
performance based metrics, including 3% 
of adjusted EBITDA and 0.5% of revenue. 
Materiality for the parent Company financial 
statements as a whole was set at £150,000 
based on a percentage of total assets.

We use a different level of materiality 
(‘performance materiality’) to determine 
the extent of our testing for the audit of 
the financial statements. Performance 
materiality is set based on the audit 
materiality as adjusted for the judgements 
made as to the entity risk and our 
evaluation of the specific risk of each audit 
area having regard to the internal control 
environment. For the Group performance 
materiality was set at £140,000 and 
£105,000 for the parent Company. 

Where considered appropriate performance 
materiality may be reduced to a lower level, 
such as, for related party transactions and 
Directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the Audit Committee to 
report to it all identified errors in excess 
of £10,000. Errors below that threshold 
would also be reported to it if, in our opinion 
as auditor, disclosure was required on 
qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our 
audit
The scope of the audit work and the design 
of audit tests undertaken was solely for the 
purposes of forming an audit opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements of the 
Group. All entities included within the scope 
of the consolidation were included within 
the scope of our audit testing.

65

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC CONTINUED

Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. 

We identified going concern as a key audit matter and have detailed our response in the conclusions relating to going concern section 
above.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Valuation of Goodwill and intangible assets (see note 10)

The Group has a significant balance of 
intangible assets at 31 December 2021 and 
there is a risk that it could be impaired.

The valuation of the recoverable amount 
of goodwill and intangible assets has a 
high degree of estimation uncertainty, with 
a potential range of reasonably possible 
outcomes greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole.

There is significant judgement with regard 
to assumptions and estimates involved in 
forecasting future cash flows, which form the 
basis of the assessment of the recoverability 
of goodwill balances. These include forecast 
revenues, operating margin, long-term growth 
rates and the discount rate used.

The financial statements disclose the sensitivity 
estimated by the Group.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon which the 

cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation to 

key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and discount 
rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also assessed the 
historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven 

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast cash flows.

•  Assessing whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome 
of the impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions reflected the risks 
inherent in the valuation of goodwill.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of goodwill and intangible 
assets to be acceptable.

Valuation of Investments in the Parent Company (see note 13)

We consider the carrying value of investments 
in the Group by the Parent Company and the 
risk over potential impairment to be a significant 
audit risk due to the inherent uncertainty 
involved in forecasting and discounting 
future cash flows, which are the basis of the 
assessment of recoverability. 

We consider the key inputs into the impairment 
model to be the approved business plans and 
assumptions for the growth and discount rates.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon which the 

cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation to 

key inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and discount 
rates. To challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also assessed the 
historical accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven 

analysis on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast cash flows.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of investments to be 
acceptable.

Revenue recognition (see note 2)

Revenue is recognised in accordance with 
the accounting policy set out in the financial 
statements. We focus on the risk of material 
misstatement in the recognition of revenue, 
as a result of both fraud and error, because 
revenue is material and is an important 
determinant of the Group’s profitability, which 
has a consequent impact on its share price 
performance.

Our procedures included:

•  Validating that revenue is recognised in accordance with the stated accounting 

policies in compliance with IFRS. 

•  Ensuring that cut off was correctly applied across all revenue streams. 

•  Validating a sample of revenue items to confirm revenue was being recognised in 

line with IFRS and ensuring the services were delivered within the period.  

•  Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures related to revenue.  

We concluded that revenue was reasonably stated.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

66

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements; and

• 

information about the Company’s 
corporate governance code and 
practices and about its administrative, 
management and supervisory bodies 
and their committees complies with 
rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the 
FCA Rules.

Matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception
In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and the Parent 
Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in:

• 

• 

the strategic report or the directors’ 
report; or

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, 
given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 
and 7.2.6 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the Parent Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not 
visited by us; or

• 

the Parent Company financial 
statements and the part of the 
Directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

•  we have not received all the information 
and explanations we require for our 
audit; or

•  a corporate governance statement 

has not been prepared by the Parent 
Company.

Other information
The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors 
are responsible for the other information. 
Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. In 
connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of the other 
information, we are required to report that 
fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters 
prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion based on the work 
undertaken in the course of our audit 

• 

• 

the information given in the strategic 
report and the Directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements and 
those reports have been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements;

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, 
given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 
and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Rules and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook made 
by the Financial Conduct Authority 
(the FCA Rules), is consistent with the 

Corporate governance 
statement
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement 
in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the 
Parent Company’s compliance with the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Statement specified for our review by the 
Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of 
our audit, we have concluded that each 
of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially 
consistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified on 
page 40;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its 

assessment of the Group’s prospects, 
the period this assessment covers and 
why they period is appropriate set out 
on page 26:

•  Directors’ statement on whether it 
has a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as set 
out on page 26;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced 

and understandable set out on 
page 64:

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried 

out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks set out on 
pages 21 to 25;

•  The section of the annual report that 

describes the review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control 
systems set out on page 46; and

•  The section describing the work of 

the Audit Committee set out on pages 
45 to 47.

Responsibilities of the 
Directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page 
64 the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view, and for such internal control as the 
Directors determine is necessary to enable 

67

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC CONTINUED

the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are responsible for assessing the 
Group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern 
and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend 
to liquidate the Group or parent Company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Explanation as to what 
extend the audit was 
considered capable of 
detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances 
of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to 
detect material misstatements in respect 
of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 
to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, 
is detailed below however the primary 
responsibility for the prevention and 
detection of fraud lies with management 
and those charged with governance of the 
Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of 

the legal and regulatory frameworks 
that are applicable to the Group and 
the procedures in place for ensuring 
compliance. The most significant 
identified were the Companies Act 
2006, General Data Protection 
Regulations and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Our work 
included direct enquiry of Head of 
Legal, reviewing Board and relevant 
committee minutes and inspection of 
correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning 

process we assessed the different 
areas of the financial statements, 
including disclosures, for the risk of 
material misstatement. This included 
considering the risk of fraud where 
direct enquiries were made of 
management and those charged with 
governance concerning both whether 
they had any knowledge of actual or 
suspected fraud and their assessment 
of the susceptibility of fraud. We 
considered the risk was greater in 
areas involve significant management 
estimate or judgement. Based on 
this assessment we designed audit 
procedures to focus on the key areas 
of estimate or judgement, this included 
specific testing of journal transactions, 
both at the year end and throughout 
the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to 

identify any unusual transactions or 
unexpected relationships, including 
considering the risk of undisclosed 
related party transactions.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, 
there is an unavoidable risk that some 
material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even 
though the audit is properly planned and 
performed in accordance with the ISAs 
(UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations 
are particularly significant in the case of 
misstatement resulting from fraud because 
fraud may involve sophisticated and 
carefully organised schemes designed to 
conceal it, including deliberate failure to 
record transactions, collusion or intentional 
misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements 
is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters which we are 
required to address
Following the recommendation of the 
audit committee, we were appointed in 
November 2020 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 
December 2020 and subsequent financial 
periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is two years covering the years 
ending 31 December 2020 to 2021.

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the Group or the Parent Company and 
we remain independent of the Company in 
conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the audit committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s 
members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor’s report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company’s members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Matthew Stallabrass
Senior Statutory Auditor
For and on behalf of
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
55 Ludgate Hill
London
EC4M 7JW, UK
15 March 2022

68

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Continuing operations

Revenue 

Other operating income

Net operating expenses

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation 

Profit/(loss) for the year from continuing 
operations

Discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) for the year from discontinued 
operations after tax

Profit/(loss) for the year attributable to owners 
of the parent after tax

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable 
to owners of the parent

Earnings/(loss) per share attributable to owners 
of the parent

Basic from continuing operations

Basic from discontinued operations

Basic from profit/(loss) for the year

Fully diluted from continuing operations

Fully diluted from discontinued operations

Fully diluted from profit/(loss) for the year

1 Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

Adjusted
Results1
2021
£’000

Adjusting
Items1
2021 
£’000

Statutory
Results
2021
£’000

Adjusted
Results1
2020
£’000

Adjusting
Items1
2020
£’000

Statutory
Results
2020
£’000

Note

2

3

6

7

8

9

39,080

–

(35,848)

3,232

1

(261)

2,972

(139) 

–

–

39,080

32,419

–

2

(1,611)

(1,611)

–

–

(1,611)

195 

(37,459)

(32,411)

1,621

1

(261)

1,361

56 

10

6

(315)

(299)

559

–

–

(2,315)

(2,315)

–

–

(2,315)

 336

32,419

2

(34,726)

(2,305)

6

(315)

(2,614)

895

2,833 

(1,416)

1,417

260

(1,979)

(1,719)

–

– 

– 

112

(12,821)

(12,709)

2,833 

(1,416)

1,417

372

(14,800)

(14,428)

2,833 

(1,416)

1,417

372

(14,800)

(14,428)

2.0p 

(1.0p)

–

– 

2.0p 

(1.0p)

1.9p 

(1.0p)

–

– 

1.9p 

(1.0p)

1.0p

– 

1.0p

0.9p

– 

0.9p

0.2p

0.1p

0.3p

0.2p

0.1p

0.3p

(1.4p)

(8.9p)

(1.2p)

(8.8p)

(10.3p)

(10.0p)

(1.4p)

(8.9p)

(1.2p)

(8.8p)

(10.3p)

(10.0p)

The notes on pages 76 to 115 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

69

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Attributable to owners of the Company

Share
capital
£’000

Own
shares
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Note

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000

Deferred
shares
£’000

Foreign 
currency 
reserve
 £’000

15,141 

(7,243)

1,101 

1,770 

80 

127

At 1 January 2020

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:

Exercise of share awards

22, 23

Fair value of employee services

Lapsed share awards

As at 31 December 2020

23

22

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:

Dividends

Exercise of share awards

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

24

22, 23

23

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,341

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15,141

(5,902)

1,101

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

431

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained
earnings
£’000
50,040 

Total
equity
£’000
61,016

(14,428)

(14,428)

–

39

(592)

–

957

–

543

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39

–

–

–

80

166

35,977

47,170

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(23)

1,417

1,417

–

(23)

–

–

–

–

(1,450)

(1,450)

(419)

(481)

–

118

357

118

80

143

35,643

47,108

–

–

(749)

543

(957)

607

–

–

–

(493)

357

–

471

As at 31 December 2021

15,141

(5,471)

1,101

The notes on pages 76 to 115 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Attributable to owners of the Company

Note

Share
capital
£’000

15,141 

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Deferred
shares
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

1,101 

1,770 

80 

15,972

Total
equity
£’000
27,734

At 1 January 2020

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:

Transfer of treasury shares

Exercise of share awards

Fair value of employee services

Lapsed share awards

As at 31 December 2020

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:

Dividends

Exercise of share awards

Fair value of employee services

Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2021

22

23

23

22

24

23

23

14

Own
shares
£’000

(6,330)

–

2,195

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

The notes on pages 76 to 115 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

–

–

(749)

543

(957)

607 

–

–

(493)

357

–

471 

–

–

–

–

–

12,172

12,172

(1,591)

246

–

957

604

(503)

543

–

80 

27,756

40,550

–

–

–

–

–

(2,325)

(2,325)

(1,450)

(1,450)

80

–

88

(413)

357

88

80 

24,149

36,807

71

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Registered number 04948078

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

Note

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Other receivables

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Current tax assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bank and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Deferred income

Net current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Own shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Foreign currency reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

10

11

12

14

15

15

16

20

17

18

19

18

21

14

22

 41,162 

41,162

3,102 

2,484 

2,488 

319 

4,911

3,258

2,449

515

49,555 

52,295

6,059

13,065 

195

19,319 

68,874

(11,405)

(3)

(1,884)

(7,846)

(21,138)

(1,819)

(500)

–

(128)

(628)

47,108

15,141 

(5,471)

1,101 

551 

143 

35,643 

47,108

5,781

8,300

182

14,263

66,558

(8,719)

(7)

(1,969)

(7,048)

(17,743)

(3,480)

(1,406)

–

(239)

(1,645)

47,170

15,141

(5,902)

1,101

687

166

35,977

47,170

The financial statements on pages 69 to 115 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 March 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

72

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Registered number 04948078

Non-current assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Other receivables 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bank and other borrowings

Net current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Own shares

Share premium

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

31 December
2021
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

Note

13

14

15

15

65,155 

64,992

190

1,197

68

237

66,542 

65,297

161 

161 

35,717

35,717

66,703

101,014

17

(29,893)

(60,457)

(3)

(29,896)

(29,735)

(7)

(60,464)

(24,747)

36,807

40,550

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

551

24,149 

36,807

15,141 

(4,135)

1,101 

687 

27,756 

40,550

22

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its 
own statement of comprehensive income in these financial statements. The Company’s loss for the year was £2,325,000 (2020: profit 
of £12,172,000). Dividends of £1,450,000 were paid in the year (2020: £nil). The other movements in retained earnings are shown in the 
Company’s statement of changes in equity.

The financial statements on pages 69 to 115 were approved by the Board of Directors on 15 March 2022 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

73

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Tax refund

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Directly attributable costs of disposal of subsidiaries

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Purchase of own shares

Loan arrangement fees

Interest paid

Repayment of obligations under lease arrangements

Termination of finance lease

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

The notes on pages 76 to 115 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

25

11

12

11

22

25

 25

18

18

24

2021
£’000

9,521 

– 

9,521 

–

–

(51)

(706)

(757)

(306)

(107)

(87)

(2,036)

–

(1,448)

(3,984)

4,780

8,300

(15)

16

13,065

2020
£’000

2,065

(9)

2,056

(85)

150

(223)

(597)

(755)

–

(25)

(130)

(1,925)

(200)

–

(2,280)

(979)

9,274

5

8,300

74

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Interest paid

Loan arrangement fees

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

The notes on pages 76 to 115 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

25

25

25

24

16

2021
£’000

1,642

–

(87)

(107)

(1,448)

(1,642)

–

–

–

2020
£’000

155

–

(130)

(25)

–

(155)

–

–

–

75

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated and Company financial statements are set out below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for the 
Group consisting of Centaur Media Plc and its subsidiaries, and the Company, Centaur Media Plc. Centaur Media Plc is a public company 
limited by shares and incorporated in England and Wales.

(a) Basis of preparation
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. Centaur Media 
Plc transitioned to UK-adopted International Accounting Standards in its consolidated and Company financial statements on 1 January 
2021. This change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure 
in the year reported as a result of the change in framework. The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to 
companies reporting under those standards.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except where stated otherwise within the accounting policies.

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have carefully assessed the Group’s ability to continue 
trading and have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements and for the foreseeable future, being the period in the viability 
statement on page 26.

Net cash (see note 1(b)) at 31 December 2021 amounted to £13,065,000 (2020: £8,300,000). On 16 March 2021, the Group signed a new 
multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The new revolving credit facility consists of a committed £10m facility and an additional 
uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate needs. The 
facility runs to March 2024 with the option to extend for two periods of one year each. None of this was drawn down at 31 December 2021. 
The covenants regarding leverage and interest cover are identical to those of the facility it replaces. 

The Group has net current liabilities at 31 December 2021 amounting to £1,819,000 (2020: £3,480,000). In both the current and prior year 
these primarily arose from its normal high levels of deferred income relating to performance obligations to be delivered in the future rather 
than an inability to service its liabilities, as deferred income will not result in a cash outflow. An assessment of cash flows for the next three 
financial years, which has taken into account the factors described above, has indicated an expected level of cash generation which would 
be sufficient to allow the Group to fully satisfy its working capital requirements and the guarantee given in respect of its UK subsidiaries, to 
cover all principal areas of expenditure, including maintenance, capital expenditure and taxation during this year, and to meet the financial 
covenants under the revolving credit facility. The Company has net current liabilities at 31 December 2021 amounting to £29,735,000 (2020: 
£24,747,000). In both the current and prior year, these almost entirely arose from unsecured payables to subsidiaries which have no fixed 
date of repayment. 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. 
Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, events or actions, the actual results may ultimately 
differ from those estimates.

Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the Viability Statement on page 26 which considers 
the Group’s viability over a three-year period to March 2025, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing its consolidated financial statements.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
No new standards or amendments to standards that are mandatory for the first time for the financial year commencing 1 January 2021 
affected any of the amounts recognised in the current year or any prior year and is not likely to affect future periods. 

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
There are no standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the current or future 
reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Prior year re-presentation
The financial statements have been presented in £’000. This is a change from the prior year financial statements which were presented in 
£m rounded to one decimal place. Prior year comparatives have been re-presented in £’000. Certain prior year comparatives have been 
updated following this change.

76

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20211 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Comparative numbers
Prior year comparative numbers have been updated to reflect current year presentation and disclosures. A portion of costs previously 
presented as administrative expenses have now been allocated to cost of sales, an update to reflect the same allocation basis as the current 
year. The allocation basis has been refined to reflect the nature of the costs. These reallocations increased cost of sales by £1,946,000 
and decreased administrative expenses by £1,946,000 for the Group, refer to note 3. There is no impact on the face of the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income. 

(b) Presentation of non-statutory measures
In addition to IFRS statutory measures, the Directors use various non-GAAP key financial measures to evaluate the Group’s performance 
and consider that presentation of these measures provides shareholders with an additional understanding of the core trading performance of 
the Group. The measures used are explained and reconciled to their IFRS statutory headings below.

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share
The Directors believe that adjusted results and adjusted earnings per share, split between continuing and discontinued operations, provide 
additional useful information on the core operational performance of the Group to shareholders, and review the results of the Group on an 
adjusted basis internally. The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable with similarly titled profit 
measurements reported by other companies. It is not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit.

Adjustments are made in respect of:

•  Exceptional items – the Group considers items of income and expense as exceptional and excludes them from the adjusted results 

where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in nature so as to assist the user of the financial 
statements to better understand the results of the core operations of the Group. Details of exceptional items are shown in note 4.

•  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – the amortisation charge for those acquired intangible assets recognised on business 

combinations is excluded from the adjusted results of the Group since they are non-cash charges arising from investment activities. 
As such, they are not considered reflective of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets are shown in note 11.

•  Share-based payments – share-based payment expenses or credits are excluded from the adjusted results of the Group as the 

Directors believe that the volatility of these charges can distort the user’s view of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of 
share-based payments are shown in note 23.

• 

Impairment of goodwill – the Directors believe that non-cash impairment charges in relation to goodwill are triggered by factors external 
to the core trading of the business, and therefore exclude any such charges from the adjusted results of the Group. Details of the 
goodwill impairment analysis are shown in note 10.

•  Profit or loss on disposal of assets or subsidiaries – profit or loss on disposals of businesses are excluded from adjusted results of 

the Group as they are unrelated to core trading and can distort a user’s understanding of the performance of the Group due to their 
infrequent and volatile nature. See note 4.

•  Other separately reported items – certain other items are excluded from adjusted results where they are considered large or unusual 

enough to distort the comparability of core trading results year-on-year. Details of these separately disclosed items are shown in note 4.

The tax related to adjusting items is the tax effect of the items above that are allowable deductions for tax purposes, calculated using the 
standard rate of corporation tax. See note 7 for a reconciliation between reported and adjusted tax charges.

Further details of adjusting items are included in note 4. A reconciliation between adjusted and statutory earnings per share measures is 
shown in note 9.

Profit/(loss) before tax reconciles to adjusted operating profit as follows:

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Adjusting items:

 Exceptional operating costs

 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

 Impairment of acquired intangible assets

 Share-based payment expense

 Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax

Finance income

Finance costs

Adjusted operating profit

Note

4

11

11

23

11,12,18

6

2021
£’000
1,361

–

1,091

25

495

–

2,972

(1)

261

3,232

2020
£’000
(2,614)

238

1,464

–

541

72

(299)

(6)

315

10

77

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Adjusted operating cash flow
Adjusted operating cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as cash flow from operations excluding the impact of adjusting 
items, which are defined above, and including capital expenditure. The Directors use this measure to assess the performance of the Group 
as it excludes volatile items not related to the core trading of the Group and includes the Group’s management of capital expenditure.

Statutory cash flow from operations reconciles to adjusted operating cash as below:

Reported cash flow from operating activities

Adjusting items from operations

Working capital impact of adjusting items from operations

Adjusted operating cash flow

Capital expenditure

Post capital expenditure cash flow

Our cash conversion rate for the year was 164% (2020: 100%).

Note

25

2021
£’000

9,521

–

–

9,521

(757)

8,764

2020
£’000

2,065

1,063

3,450

6,578

(820)

5,758

Underlying revenue growth
The Directors review underlying revenue growth in order to allow a like-for-like comparison of revenues between years. Underlying revenues 
therefore exclude the impact of revenue contribution arising from acquired or disposed businesses and other revenue streams that are not 
expected to be ongoing in future years.

Statutory revenue growth reconciles to underlying revenue growth as follows:

Reported revenue 2020

Underlying revenue 2020

Reported revenue 2021

Underlying revenue 2021

Reported revenue growth

Underlying revenue growth

Xeim
£’000

26,053

26,053

32,108

32,108

23%

23%

The Lawyer
£’000

6,366

6,366

6,972

6,972

9%

9%

Total
£’000

32,419

32,419

39,080

39,080

21%

21%

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of tangible 
assets and amortisation and impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination. It is used by 
the Directors as a measure to review performance of the Group and forms the basis of some of the Group’s financial covenants under its 
revolving credit facility. 

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:

Adjusted operating profit (as above)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of computer software

Impairment of computer software

Adjusted EBITDA

Note 

12

11

11

2021
£’000
3,232

1,808

1,335

55

6,430

2020
£’000
10

1,992

1,816

–

3,818

78

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Net cash/(debt)
Net cash/(debt) is not a measure defined by IFRS. Net cash/(debt) is calculated as cash less overdrafts and bank borrowings under the 
Group’s financing arrangements. The Directors consider the measure useful as it gives greater clarity over the Group’s liquidity as a whole.

Net cash is £13,062,000 as at 31 December 2021 (2020: £8,293,000). 

(c) Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Centaur Media Plc and all of its subsidiaries after elimination of 
intercompany transactions and balances. 

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that the Group ceases to control 
them. In the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the results of subsidiaries for which control has ceased are presented 
separately as discontinued operations in the year in which they have been disposed of and in the comparative year.

On the disposal of a subsidiary, assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are de-recognised from the consolidated statement of financial 
position, earnings up to the date of loss of control are retained in the Group, and a profit/(loss) on disposal is recognised measured as 
consideration received less the fair value of assets and liabilities disposed of.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. The accounting 
policies of subsidiaries are consistent with the policies adopted by the Group. 

(ii) Employee Benefit Trust
The Centaur Employees’ Benefit Trust (‘Employee Benefit Trust’) is a trust established by Trust deed in 2006 for the granting of shares 
to applicable employees. Its assets and liabilities are held separately from the Company and are fully consolidated in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. Holdings of Centaur Media Plc shares by the Employee Benefit Trust are shown within the ‘own shares’ 
reserve as a deduction from consolidated equity. 

(d) Foreign currency translation
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds Sterling, 
which is the Group and Company’s functional and presentation currency. 

(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency, as disclosed 
in note 13, are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date;

• 

income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not 
a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses 
are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

•  all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income. 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations and of borrowings are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as part of the gain or loss on sale.  

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate.

79

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(e) Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring promised goods or services to the customer. Judgement may arise in timing and allocation of transaction price when there 
are multiple performance obligations in one contract. However, an annual impact assessment is performed which has confirmed that the 
impact is immaterial in both the current year and comparative year. Revenue arises from the sale of premium content, marketing services, 
training and advisory, events, marketing solutions, recruitment advertising, and telemarketing services in the normal course of business, 
net of discounts and value added tax. Goods and services exchanged as part of a barter transaction are recognised in revenue at the fair 
value of the goods and services provided. Returns, refunds and other similar allowances, which have historically been low in volume and 
immaterial in magnitude, are accounted for as a reduction in revenue as they arise.

Where revenue is deferred it is held as a balance in deferred income on the consolidated statement of financial position. At any given 
reporting date, this deferred income is current in nature and is expected to be recognised wholly in revenue in the following financial year, 
with the exception of returns and credit notes, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude. 

The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts as individual performance obligations are met, on a stand-alone selling price basis. 
This is when value and control of the product or service has transferred, being when the product is delivered to the customer or the period in 
which the services are rendered as set out in more detail below.

Premium Content
Revenue from subscriptions is deferred and recognised on a straight-line basis over the subscription period reflecting the continuous 
provision of paid content services over this time. Revenue from individual publication sales is recognised at the point at which the publication 
is delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for premium content at the start of the contract.

Marketing Services
Revenue from campaign work and consultancy contracts is recognised when the Group has obtained the right to consideration in exchange 
for its performance, which is when a separately identifiable phase (milestone) of a contract has been completed and the value and benefit 
of the services rendered have been transferred to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for marketing services up front on a 
milestone basis.

Training and Advisory
Revenue from training and advisory is deferred and recognised over the period of the training or when a separately identifiable milestone of a 
contract has been delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for training and advisory up front or on a milestone basis 
as the service is delivered.

Events
Consideration received in advance for events is deferred and revenue is recognised at the point in time at which the event takes place. In 
general, the Group bills customers for events before the event date.

Marketing Solutions
Marketing solutions revenue from display and bespoke campaigns is recognised over the period that the service is provided. In general, the 
Group bills customers for marketing solutions on delivery.

Recruitment Advertising
Sales of online recruitment advertising space are recognised in revenue over the period during which the advertisements are placed. Sales 
of recruitment advertising space in publications are recognised at the point at which the publication occurs. In general, the Group bills 
customers for recruitment advertising on delivery.

Telemarketing Services
Revenue from telemarketing services was deferred and recognised over the period that the service was delivered generally according to the 
number of hours expended as a proportion of the total hours contracted. In general, the Group billed customers for telemarketing services 
in advance. All revenue from telemarketing services ceased during the prior year following the closure of the MarketMakers’ telemarketing 
business in August 2020 and is therefore presented within discontinued operations in the prior year.

(f) Government grants
Grants from the government are recognised at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and 
the Group will comply with all attached conditions. Government grants are recognised in the profit or loss and deducted from the related 
expense within net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Note 3 provides further information on how 
the Group accounts for government grants.

80

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20211 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(g) Investments
In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value. 

Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is 
recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the investments fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-use. 
An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. Any 
impairment is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. If there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
investment’s recoverable amount, impairment losses that have been recognised in prior periods may be reversed. This reversal is recognised 
in the statement of comprehensive income.

(h) Income tax
The tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and it further includes 
items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group and Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are 
generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
difference arises from goodwill or the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction 
that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is settled, 
or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, except when it relates 
to items charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is recognised in equity or 
other comprehensive income respectively.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that 
sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

(i) Leases

Lessee accounting
Under IFRS 16, leases are accounted for on a ‘right-of-use model’ reflecting that, at the commencement date, the Group as a lessee 
has a financial obligation to make lease payments to the lessor for its right to use the underlying asset during the lease term. The financial 
obligation is recognised as a lease liability, and the right to use the underlying asset is recognised as a right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset. The ROU 
assets are recognised within property, plant and equipment on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position and are presented 
separately in note 12. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments using the rate implicit in the lease or, where that cannot be 
readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate. Subsequently the lease liability is measured at amortised cost, with interest increasing 
the carrying amount and lease payments reducing the carrying amount. The carrying amount is remeasured to reflect any reassessment or 
lease modifications, or to reflect revised in-substance fixed lease payments.

The ROU asset is initially measured at cost which comprises:

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

•  any initial direct costs; and

•  an estimate of costs to be incurred at the end of the lease term.

Subsequently the ROU asset is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated to write 
off the cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Using the exemption available under IFRS 16 the Group elects not to apply the requirements above to:

• 

• 

short-term leases; and

leases for which the underlying asset is of a low value.

In these cases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or another systematic 
basis if that basis is more representative of the agreement.

81

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Lessor accounting
The Group had contracts for the sub-lease of areas of its former office property lease. These arrangements were exempt from the 
requirements of IFRS 16 under the short-term lease exemption as they all had a lease term of under twelve months from the date of 
transition. As such, the income derived from these sub-leasing arrangements was recognised on a straight-line basis and was presented in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in ‘other operating income’. All arrangements in which the Group acted as a lessor 
ceased during the prior year.

(j) Impairment of assets
Assets that are subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not 
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost of 
disposal and its value-in-use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax weighted 
average cost of capital.

(k) Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Work in progress comprises costs incurred relating to publications and 
exhibitions prior to the publication date or the date of the event. Cost is measured as all costs of purchase and other costs incurred in 
bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

(l) Property, plant and equipment
See note 1(i) for right-of-use assets. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses. The historical cost of property, plant and equipment is the purchase cost together with any incidental direct costs of 
acquisition. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of assets, on a straight-line basis over the expected 
useful economic lives to the Group over the following periods:

Leasehold improvements

– 10 years or the expected length of the lease if shorter

Fixtures and fittings

Computer equipment

Right-of-use assets

– 5 to 10 years

– 3 to 5 years

– over the lease term

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting year, with the effect of any 
changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

(m) Intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
Where the cost of a business acquisition exceeds the fair values attributable to the separable net assets acquired, the resulting goodwill 
is capitalised and allocated to the cash generating unit (‘CGU’) or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the 
business combination. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment annually on a Group level or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Each segment is deemed to be a CGU. Goodwill and acquired intangible assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 
‘Impairment of Assets’. In assessing whether a write-down of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the 
segment is compared with its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is measured as the higher of fair value less cost of disposal and 
value-in-use. Any impairment is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (in net operating expenses) and is 
classified as an adjusting item. Impairment of goodwill is not subsequently reversed.

On the disposal of a CGU, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

(ii) Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships
Separately acquired brands and publishing rights are shown at historical cost. Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships 
acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They have a finite useful life and are subsequently 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

(iii) Software 
Computer software that is not integral to the operation of the related hardware is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Costs 
associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate probable future 
economic benefits in excess of costs are recognised as intangible assets when the criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. They are 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

82

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20211 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(iv) Amortisation methods and periods
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost or fair value of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic 
lives to the Group over the following periods:

Computer software

Brands and publishing rights

Customer relationships

– 3 to 5 years

– 5 to 20 years

– 3 to 10 years or over the term of any specified contract

Separately acquired websites and content 

– 3 to 5 years

(n) Employee benefits
(i) Post-employment obligations
The Group and Company contribute to a defined contribution pension scheme for the benefit of employees. The assets of the scheme are 
held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. Contributions to defined contribution schemes are charged 
to the statement of comprehensive income in net operating expenses when employer contributions become payable.

(ii) Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of equity-settled share-based compensation plans for its employees. The fair value of the share-based 
compensation expense is estimated using either a Monte Carlo (stochastic model) or Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recognised 
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income over the vesting period with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to 
be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the awards granted:

• 

including any market performance conditions;

•  excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets, 

cash flow performance and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period); and

• 

including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the requirement for employees to save).

The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be 
satisfied. At the end of each reporting year, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting and service conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The Company issues new shares or transfers shares from treasury 
shares to settle share-based compensation awards. 

The award by the Company of share-based compensation awards over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in 
the Group is treated as a capital contribution only if it is left unsettled. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to 
the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding 
credit to equity.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on share options based on the intrinsic value of the options, which is calculated as the difference between 
the fair value of the shares under option at the reporting date and exercise price of the share options. The deferred tax asset is utilised when 
the share options are exercised or released when share options lapse. The accounting policy regarding deferred tax is set out above in note 
1(h).

(o) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the obligation can be reliably estimated.

(p) Equity
(i) Share capital and share premium
Ordinary and deferred shares are classified as equity. The excess of consideration received in respect of shares issued over the nominal 
value of those shares is recognised in the share premium account. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buyback or share-based 
payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity 
attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are 
subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax 
effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are disclosed as own shares and deducted from equity. 

(ii) Own shares
Own shares consist of treasury shares and shares held within the Employee Benefit Trust. 

Own shares are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received for the sale of 
such shares is also recognised in equity, with any excess of consideration received between the sale proceeds and the original cost being 
recognised in share premium. No gain or loss is recognised in the financial statements on transactions in treasury shares.

83

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(q) Dividends
Dividends are recognised in the year in which they are paid or, in respect of the Company’s final dividend for the year, approved by the 
shareholders in the Annual General Meeting.

(r) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The 
Executive Committee has been identified as the chief operating decision-maker, reviewing the Group’s internal reporting on a monthly basis 
in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Refer to note 2 for the basis of segmentation.

(s) Financial instruments
The Group has applied IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ as outlined below:

(i) Financial assets
The Group classifies and measures its financial assets in line with one of the three measurement models under IFRS 9: at amortised cost, 
fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive income. Management determines the classification of its financial 
assets based on the requirements of IFRS 9 at initial recognition.

They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting date. These are classified as non-
current assets. The Group’s financial assets comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. Please see the following sections.

(ii) Trade receivables
Trade receivables are accounted for under IFRS 9, being recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost less any 
allowance for expected lifetime credit losses under the ‘expected credit loss’ model. As mandated by IFRS 9, the expected lifetime credit 
losses are calculated using the ‘simplified’ approach.

A provision matrix is used to calculate the allowance for expected lifetime credit losses on trade receivables which is based on historical 
default rates over the expected life of the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. The allowance for expected 
lifetime credit losses is established by considering, on a discounted basis, the cash shortfalls it would incur in various default scenarios for 
prescribed future periods and multiplying those shortfalls by the probability of each scenario occurring. The historical loss rates are adjusted 
to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. 
The allowance is the sum of these probability weighted outcomes. The allowance and any changes to it are recognised in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income within net operating expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the 
allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against net operating 
expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group defines a default as failure of a debtor to repay an amount 
due as this is the time at which our estimate of future cash flows from the debtor is affected.

(iii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits repayable on demand or maturing within three months from the date of 
acquisition.

(iv) Financial liabilities
Debt and trade payables are recognised initially at fair value based on amounts exchanged, net of transaction costs, and subsequently at 
amortised cost. 

Interest expense on debt is accounted for using the effective interest method and is recognised in finance costs.

(v) Trade payables
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

(vi) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and carried subsequently at amortised cost. Costs of 
borrowings, including commitment fees on undrawn facilities, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as 
incurred or, where appropriate, across the term of the related borrowing.

(vii) Receivables from and payables to subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust
The Company has amounts receivable from and payable to subsidiaries and the receivable from the Employee Benefit Trust which are 
recognised at fair value. Amounts receivable from subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust are assessed annually for recoverability under 
the requirements of IFRS 9.

84

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20211 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(t) Key accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the use of certain key accounting assumptions and requires management to 
exercise its judgement and to make estimates. The areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial 
statements are as follows:

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
(i) Carrying value of goodwill, other intangible assets and Company investment estimate
In assessing whether goodwill, other intangible assets and the Company’s investment are impaired, the Group uses a discounted cash 
flow model which includes forecast cash flows and estimates of future growth. If the results of operations in future periods are lower than 
included in the cash flow model, impairments may be triggered. A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the value-in-use calculations. 
Further details of the assumptions and sensitivities in the discounted cash flow model are included in notes 10 and 13.

(ii) Recoverability of trade receivables estimate
The allowance for expected lifetime credit losses for trade receivables is calculated in line with IFRS 9. This is established by considering on 
a discounted basis the cash shortfalls it would incur in various default scenarios for prescribed future periods and multiplying the shortfalls 
by the probability of each scenario occurring. The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on 
macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the receivables. Further details about trade receivables are included in 
note 15 and information about the credit risk and expected lifetime credit losses are shown in note 26.

(iii) Share-based payments estimate
The fair value of the share-based compensation expense recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income requires the 
use of estimates. Details regarding the determination of fair value of these costs are set out in note 1(n)(ii).

(iv) Deferred tax judgement and estimate
The calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities requires judgement. Where the ultimate tax treatment is uncertain, the Group recognises 
deferred tax assets and liabilities based on an estimate of future taxable income and recoverability. Where a change in circumstances 
occurs, or the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and 
deferred tax balances in the year in which that change, or outcome, is known. The accounting policy regarding deferred tax is set out above 
in note 1(h).

Critical accounting judgements
(v) Adjusting items judgement
The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS. Judgement is required to ensure that the classification and presentation of certain 
items as adjusting, including exceptional items, is appropriate and consistent with the Group’s accounting policy. Further details about the 
amounts classified as adjusting are included in notes 1(b) and 4. 

(vi) IFRS 16 reassessment of lease term judgement 
Leases are required to be recognised at the present value of the lease payments not yet paid for the duration of the lease term. The lease 
term is defined by IFRS 16 as the non-cancellable period of the lease, and any period covered by an option to extend or terminate that the 
lessee is reasonably certain to exercise. The assessment of the lease term requires judgement when considering the option to extend or 
terminate in a contract. 

During the year, the Group’s property lease has been remeasured upon reassessment of the lease term, where a judgement has been 
taken that an option to extend will be exercised. The remeasurement of the lease, and the corresponding adjustment to the ROU asset are 
presented in notes 18 and 12 respectively.

85

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS2 Segmental reporting
The Group is organised around two reportable market-facing segments: Xeim and The Lawyer. These two segments derive revenues from 
a combination of premium content, marketing services, training and advisory, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising. 
Overhead costs are allocated to these segments on an appropriate basis, depending on the nature of the costs, including in proportion 
to revenues or headcount. Corporate income and costs have been presented separately as ‘Central’. The Group believes this is the most 
appropriate presentation of segmental reporting for the user to understand the core operations of the Group. There is no inter-segmental 
revenue.

Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (including goodwill) and trade receivables. Segment 
liabilities comprise trade payables, accruals and deferred income. 

Corporate assets and liabilities primarily comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, current and deferred tax balances, cash 
and cash equivalents, borrowings and lease liabilities.

Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

2021

Revenue

Adjusted operating  
profit/(loss)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Impairment of acquired intangibles

Share-based payments

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit for the year

Segment assets

Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets

Segment liabilities

Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Other items

Note

1(b)

11

11

23

6

7

Xeim
£’000

The Lawyer
£’000

32,108

6,972

Central
£’000

–

Group
£’000

39,080

4,469

(1,091)

(25)

(113)

3,240

2,110

(3,347)

–

–

(2)

2,108

–

–

(380)

(3,727)

38,167

18,216

(13,251)

(2,795)

–

12,491

–

(5,720)

3,232

(1,091)

(25)

(495)

1,621

1

(261)

1,361

56

1,417

56,383

12,491

68,874

(16,046)

(5,720)

(21,766)

Capital expenditure (tangible and intangible assets)

401

188

162

751

86

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 20212 Segmental reporting continued

Note

1(b)

4

11

23

11,12,18

10

6

7

2020

Revenue

Other operating income
Adjusted operating  
profit/(loss)

Exceptional operating costs
Amortisation of acquired 
intangibles

Share-based payments
Loss on disposal of assets 
and liabilities

Impairment of goodwill

Operating (loss)/profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss before tax

Taxation

Loss for the year

Segment assets

Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets

Segment liabilities

Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Other items
Capital expenditure (tangible 
and intangible assets)

Supplemental Information

Xeim
£’000

26,053

–

1,923

(283)

(1,464)

(304)

–

–

The Lawyer
£’000

6,366

–

1,408

(50)

–

(39)

–

–

Central
£’000

–

2

(3,321)

95

–

(198)

(72)

–

Continuing 
operations
£’000

32,419

2

10

(238)

(1,464)

(541)

(72)

–

(128)

1,319

(3,496)

(2,305)

6

(315)

(2,614)

895

(1,719)

58,352

8,206

66,558

(16,919)

(2,184)

(19,103)

40,618

17,734

(13,816)

(3,103)

–

8,206

–

(2,184)

Discontinued 
operations
£’000

3,604

–

41 

(911)

(485)

–

(659)

(11,009)

(13,023)

1

(24)

(13,046)

337

(12,709)

–

–

–

(285)

–

(285)

Group
£’000

36,023

2

51

(1,149)

(1,949)

(541)

(731)

(11,009)

(15,328)

7

(339)

(15,660)

1,232

(14,428)

58,352

8,206

66,558

(17,204)

(2,184)

(19,388)

253

39

461

753

91

844

Revenue by Geographical Location
The Group’s revenues from continuing operations from external customers by geographical location are detailed below:

United Kingdom

Europe (excluding United Kingdom)

North America

Rest of world

Xeim
2021
£’000
 19,057 

 4,567 

 4,954

 3,530

32,108 

The Lawyer
2021
£’000
 5,662 

 675 

 445 

 190 

 6,972 

Total
2021
£’000
24,719 

 5,242 

 5,399 

 3,720 

39,080

Xeim
2020
£’000
17,175

2,503

4,069

2,306

26,053

The Lawyer
2020
£’000
5,168

636

385

177

Total
2020
£’000
22,343

3,139

4,454

2,483

6,366

32,419

Substantially all of the Group’s net assets are located in the United Kingdom. The Directors therefore consider that the Group currently 
operates in a single geographical segment, being the United Kingdom. Refer to note 13 for the location of the Group’s subsidiaries.

87

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
2 Segmental reporting continued
Revenue by type
The Group’s revenue from continuing operations by type is as follows:

Premium Content

Marketing Services

Training and Advisory

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Xeim
2021
£’000

9,006

3,301 

 12,542 

 2,751 

 4,145 

 363 

 32,108 

The Lawyer
2021
£’000

3,882

–

18

 1,071 

 840 

 1,161 

 6,972 

Total
2021
£’000

 12,888 

 3,301 

 12,560 

 3,822 

 4,985 

 1,524 

Xeim
2020
£’000

9,527

2,889

8,497

1,595

3,291

254

The Lawyer
2020
£’000

Total
2020
£’000

3,689 

13,216

–

36

865

915

861

2,889

8,533

2,460

4,206

1,115

 39,080 

 26,053 

 6,366 

 32,419 

The accounting policies for each of these revenue streams is disclosed in note 1(e), including the timing of revenue recognition. There are 
some contracts for which revenue has not yet been recognised and is being held in deferred income, see note 19. This deferred income is 
all current and is expected to be recognised as revenue in 2022.

3 Net operating expenses
Continuing operating profit/(loss) is stated after charging:

Employee benefits expense

Government grants

Net employee benefits expense

Depreciation of property, plant 
and equipment

Loss on disposal of assets and 
liabilities

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of trade receivables

Share-based payment expense

IT expenditure

Marketing expenditure

Other staff related costs

Other operating expenses

Cost of sales

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Note

5

Adjusted
Results1
2021
£’000

19,272 

–

19,272 

12

1,808 

11,12,18

–

Adjusting
Items¹
2021
£’000

Statutory
Results
2021
£’000

Re-
presented2 
Adjusted
Results1
2020
£’000

Adjusting
Items1
2020
£’000

–

–

– 

–

–

19,272 

17,282

–

(290)

19,272 

16,992

1,808 

1,992

–

11

11

 26 

23

1,335 

1,091 

2,426 

55

(39) 

– 

2,563 

1,399 

618 

8,837 

35,848 

15,082

62 

20,704

35,848 

25

– 

495

–

–

–

–

1,611 

– 

– 

1,611

1,611 

80

(39) 

495 

2,563 

1,399 

618 

8,837 

37,459 

15,082

62 

22,315

37,459 

–

1,816

–

255

–

2,548

719

715

7,374

32,411

12,604

98

19,709

32,411

Re-
presented2 
Statutory
Results
2020
£’000

17,520

(290)

17,230

1,992

72 

3,280

–

255

541

2,548

719

715

7,374

34,726

12,604

98

22,024

34,726

238

–

238

–

72

1,464

–

–

541

–

–

–

–

2,315

–

–

2,315

2,315

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

2  See note 1(a) for description of the prior year re-presentation

88

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
3 Net operating expenses continued
Government grants
In prior year, the Group applied for government grants of £835,000 for furloughed employees based at both the London and Portsmouth 
offices. This was received in full during the prior year. Government grants were deducted from the related employee benefit expenses and 
presented within net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The government grants in continuing operations was £290,000 and in discontinued operations was £545,000.

No government grants were applied for in the current year.

Services provided by the Company’s auditors

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of Company and consolidated financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s predecessor auditor for the audit of Company and consolidated financial 
statements 

Total audit fees

Audit related assurance services 

Total non-audit fees

Total fees

2021
£’000

109

–

109

10

10

119

2020
£’000

105

31

136

50

50

186

4 Adjusting items
As discussed in note 1(b), certain items are presented as adjusting. These are detailed below: 

Continuing operations

Exceptional operating costs

  Staff related restructuring costs (including external employment advice costs)

Exceptional operating costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Impairment of acquired intangible assets

Share-based payment expense

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

Adjusting items to profit/(loss) before tax

Tax relating to adjusting items

Total adjusting items after tax for continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Exceptional costs

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

Tax relating to adjusting items

Total adjusting items after tax for discontinued operations

Total adjusting items after tax

Note

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

5

11

11

23

11,12,18

7

8,21

10

11

11,12,18

7

–

–

1,091 

25

495 

– 

1,611 

(195)

1,416 

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,416

238

238

1,464

–

541

72

2,315

(336)

1,979

911

11,009

485

659

(243)

12,821

14,800

89

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
4 Adjusting items continued
Exceptional costs
Staff related restructuring costs (including external employment advice costs)
In the prior year staff related restructuring costs of £793,000 in discontinued operations related to restructuring of the MarketMakers 
business and £238,000 in continuing operations related to restructuring parts of the wider Centaur Group due to the adverse impact of 
Covid. Refer to note 21 for further details.

Other exceptional costs
In the prior year, £118,000 in discontinued operations related to the exit of the Portsmouth lease upon cessation of MarketMakers’ 
telemarketing business.

Other adjusting items
Other adjusting items relate to the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets (see note 11) and share-based payment costs 
(see note 23) as well as the items discussed below:

Goodwill impairment
An impairment of £11,009,000 against goodwill relating to the MarketMakers business was recognised in the prior year. There were no 
impairments recognised in the current year. See note 10 for further details.

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities
In the prior year the loss on disposal of assets and liabilities in continuing operations of £72,000 consisted of a loss on disposal of 
software assets of £60,000 (see note 11), a loss on disposal of computer equipment of £53,000 (see note 12), a loss on disposal of the 
MarketMakers ROU asset of £124,000 (see note 12) which represented the proportion of the asset attributable to the continuing Really B2B 
business, offset by a £165,000 gain on disposal of the corresponding lease liability (see note 18).

The loss on disposal of assets and liabilities in discontinued operations of £659,000 consisted of the disposal of intangible assets totalling 
a net book value of £830,000 (see note 11), with proceeds on disposal of £150,000 creating a loss on disposal of £680,000 (see note 11). 
Additionally, there was a loss on disposal of computer equipment of £68,000, fixtures and fittings of £65,000, and the MarketMakers ROU 
asset of £469,000 (see note 12) which represented the proportion of the asset attributable to the discontinued telemarketing business. This 
was offset by a £623,000 gain on disposal of the corresponding lease liability (see note 18).

In the current year, disposals of assets were at net book value, resulting in no gain or loss on disposal.

5 Directors and employees

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Adjusted staff costs

Government grants

Exceptional staff related restructuring costs

Equity-settled share-based payments

2021
Group
£’000

2020
Continuing
Group
£’000

2020
Discontinued
Group
£’000

2020
Total
Group
£’000

2021
Total
Company
£’000

2020
Total
Company
£’000

16,652 

15,014

3,055 

18,069 

1,057 

1,946 

674 

1,609

659

251 

57 

1,860 

716 

105 

42 

989

92

34

19,272 

17,282

3,363 

20,645 

1,204 

1,115

–

– 

495 

(290)

238

541

(545) 

793 

–

(835) 

1,031 

541 

19,767 

17,771

3,611 

21,382 

– 

– 

325 

1,529 

–

–

(15)

1,100

Note

3

4

23

The average monthly number of employees employed during the year, including Executive Directors, was:

Xeim

The Lawyer

Central

Discontinued

90

2021
Group
Number

2020
Group
Number

2021
Company
Number

2020
Company
Number

202 

52 

10 

– 

264 

216

56

10

134

416

–

–

4

–

4

–

–

4

–

4

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
5 Directors and employees continued
The Group’s employees are employed and paid by Centaur Communications Limited, a Group company, with the exception of the 
Company’s directors who are employed by the Company. As the employees provide services to other Group companies, their costs are 
recharged, and the relevant disclosures are made in the financial statements. The employees relating to discontinued operations were 
employed and paid by Market Makers Incorporated Limited.

Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employment benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Key management is defined as the Executive Directors and Executive Committee members.

Aggregate Directors’ remuneration

Salaries, fees, bonuses and benefits in kind

Post-employment benefits

Highest paid Director’s remuneration

Salaries, fees, bonuses and benefits in kind

Post-employment benefits

2021
£’000

1,736 

74 

64

2020
£’000

1,216

57

40

1,874 

1,313

2021
£’000

1,150 

46 

1,196 

2021
£’000

592

37

629

2020
£’000

753

29

782

2020
£’000

386

20

406

No directors exercised share options during the year (2020: one director and one former director exercised share options). Further details of 
Directors’ remuneration are included in the Remuneration Committee Report between pages 49 and 63.

6 Finance costs

Commitment fees and amortisation of arrangement fee  
in respect of revolving credit facility

Lease interest

Note

18

2021
Group
£’000

194

67

261

2020
Continuing
Group
£’000

2020
Discontinued
Group
£’000

215

100

315

– 

24 

24

2020
Total
Group
£’000

215

124 

339 

Interest and fees on revolving credit facility
These finance costs are in relation to the £25m revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn down at 31 December 2021 (2020: £nil). 
As indicated by the consolidated cash flow statement, there were no drawdowns from this facility during the current and prior year. Finance 
costs in relation to this facility resulted in cash outflows by the Company and Group of £194,000 during the year (2020: £155,000). 

Lease interest
Lease liabilities are recognised for the Group’s property lease arrangements. £67,000 of interest on these leases was incurred during the 
year (2020: £124,000). Please refer to notes 1(i) and 18 for further details.

91

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Taxation

Analysis of (credit)/charge for the year

Current tax

UK Corporation Tax

Overseas tax

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Deferred tax

Current period

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation credit

Note

20

14

2021
£’000

2020
Continuing
£’000

2020
Discontinued
£’000

– 

14

(38)

(24) 

(175)

143

(32)

 (56)

105

24

(20)

109

(731)

(273)

(1,004)

(895)

(105)

–

–

(105)

(232)

–

(232)

(337)

The tax credit for the year can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as follows: 

Profit/(loss) before tax

Tax at the UK rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2020: 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Share-based payments

Effects of changes in tax rate on deferred tax balances

Different tax rates of subsidiaries in other jurisdictions

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation credit

2021
£’000

1,361

259

69 

47

(538)

2

105

(56)

2020
Continuing
£’000

(2,614)

(497)

2020
Discontinued
£’000

(13,046) 

(2,479) 

62

–

(170)

3

(293)

(895)

2,119

–

23

–

–

(337)

2020
Total
£’000

–

24

(20)

4

(963)

(273)

(1,236)

(1,232)

2020
Total
£’000

(15,660) 

(2,976) 

2,181

–

(147)

3

(293)

(1,232)

The Finance Act 2021 included provisions to increase the main rate of corporation tax to 25% from 1 April 2023. This change had been 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

A reconciliation between the reported tax expense and the adjusted tax expense taking account of adjusting items as discussed in note 1(b) 
and 4 is shown below:

Reported tax credit

Effects of:

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 

Exceptional costs

Share-based payments

Adjusted tax charge/(credit) 

2021
£’000

(56)

112 

– 

83 

139

2020
Continuing
£’000

2020
Discontinued
£’000

(895)

233

–

103

(559)

(337)

92

151

–

(94)

2020
Total
£’000

(1,232)

325

151

103

(653)

92

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
8 Discontinued operations
A significant restructuring of the MarketMakers’ business was executed during the prior year following an adverse impact on the 
performance of the telemarketing business following the onset of Covid. This led to the closure of the MarketMakers’ telemarketing business  
in August 2020. MarketMakers’ Really B2B brand continues to operate and its performance is reported as part of continuing operations.

A loss on disposal of £659,000 arose on the disposal of assets relating to the MarketMakers’ telemarketing business being the difference 
between the proceeds of disposal and the carrying amount of the net assets. Details of the disposal can be found in note 4.

The results of the discontinued operations, which were included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and consolidated 
cash flow statement, were as follows:

Statement of comprehensive income
Revenue

Expenses

Loss on disposal

Loss before tax

Attributable tax credit

Statutory loss after tax 

Add back adjusting items1:

Exceptional costs

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Loss on disposal

Tax relating to adjusting items1

Total adjusting items1

Adjusted profit1 attributable to discontinued operations after tax

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

2020

£’000

3,604

(15,991)

(659)

(13,046)

337

(12,709)

911

11,009

485

659 

(243)

12,821

112

The attributable tax credit stated in the table above is derived from the loss from discontinued operations. No income tax credit arose on the 
loss on disposal.

Cash flows
Operating cash flows

Investing cash flows

Financing cash flows

Total cash flows

2020

£’000

280

102

(382)

–

There were no discontinued operations for the year ended 31 December 2021.

9 Earnings/(loss) per share
Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number 
of shares in issue during the year. 2,064,185 (2020: 1,948,492) shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and 4,550,179 (2020: 4,550,179) 
shares held in treasury (see note 22) have been excluded in arriving at the weighted average number of shares.

For diluted earnings per share the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially 
dilutive ordinary shares. This comprises share options and awards granted to Directors and employees under the Group’s share-based 
payment plans where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

93

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS9 Earnings/(loss) per share continued
Basic and diluted earnings per share have also been presented on an adjusted continuing and discontinued basis, as the Directors believe 
that these measures are more reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. These have been calculated as follows:

2021 
Earnings/
(loss) 
attributable 
to owners of 
the parent 
£’000

2021
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares
thousands

2020
Earnings/
(loss) 
attributable to 
owners of the 
parent 
£’000

2021
Earnings/
(loss) 
per share
pence

Note

2020
Weighted 
average 
number of 
shares
thousands

2020
Earnings/
(loss) 
per share
pence

Basic 

Continuing operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Effect of dilutive securities

Options: Continuing operations

Options: Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Diluted 

Continuing operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Adjusted1 

Continuing operations

Basic

Other exceptional costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Impairment of acquired intangibles

Share-based payments

Loss on disposal of assets and 
liabilities

Tax effect of above adjustments

Discontinued operations

Basic

Other exceptional costs

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Loss on disposal of assets and 
liabilities

Tax effect of above adjustment

Adjusted1 basic

Continuing operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Effect of dilutive securities

Options: Continuing operations

Options: Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Adjusted1 diluted

Continuing operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

4

11

11

23

11,12,18

7

4

10

11

11,12,18

7

1,417

144,927 

1,417

144,927 

–

–

7,947

7,947

1,417

152,874 

1,417

152,874 

1,417

144,927 

–

1,091

25

495 

–

(195)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

144,927

–

–

–

–

–

2,833 

144,927 

2,833 

144,927 

–

–

7,947

7.947

2,833

152,874 

2,833

152,874 

1.0

1.0

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.9

0.9

1.0

–

0.8

–

0.3

–

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.0 

2.0 

(0.1)

(0.1)

1.9

1.9

(1,719)

144,267

(1.2)

(14,428)

144,267

(10.0)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,719)

144,267

(1.2)

(14,428)

144,267

(10.0)

(1,719)

144,267

238

1,464

–

541

72

(336)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(12,709)

144,267

911

11,009

485

659

(243)

–

–

–

–

–

260

144,267

372

144,267

–

–

7,319

7,319

260

151,586

372

151,586

(1.2)

0.2

1.0

–

0.4

–

(0.2)

(8.8)

0.6

7.6

0.3

0.5

(0.1)

0.2

0.3

–

–

0.2

0.3

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

94

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9 Earnings/(loss) per share continued

Adjusted 
Results1
2021
£’000

Adjusted 
Items1
2021
£’000

Statutory 
Results
2021
£’000

Adjusted 
Results1
2020
£’000

Adjusted  
Items1
2020
£’000

Statutory 
Results
2020
£’000

Earnings/(loss) per share attributable 
to owners of the parent 

Fully diluted from continuing operations

1.9p 

(1.0p)

0.9p

Fully diluted from discontinued 
operations

Fully diluted from continuing and 
discontinued

–

–

–

1.9p 

(1.0p)

0.9p

0.2p

0.1p

0.3p

(1.4p)

(8.9p)

(1.2p)

(8.8p)

(10.3p)

(10.0p)

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

10 Goodwill

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Closure of business

Elimination of goodwill

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2020

Impairment

Elimination of goodwill

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Note

8

8

Group
 £’000

111,113

(11,009)

(18,995)

81,109

58,942

11,009

(30,004)

39,947

41,162

In the prior year, an impairment of £11,009,000 was recognised in the Xeim CGU, entirely related to the MarketMakers (‘MM’) business 
within that CGU. The MM telemarketing business ceased operations, and the goodwill cost and accumulated impairment was eliminated as 
at 31 December 2020. The impairment was included within discontinued operations as disclosed in note 8.

In addition to the impairment and subsequent elimination of goodwill relating to MM, the Group also eliminated £18,995,000 of goodwill 
in prior year that had been fully impaired in previous financial years relating to legacy brands and businesses that the Group no longer 
operated. 

At 31 December 2021 a full impairment assessment has been carried out. No impairment is required for the carrying value of goodwill.

95

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
10 Goodwill continued
Goodwill by segment 
Each brand is deemed to be a cash generating unit (‘CGU’), being the lowest level at which cash flows are separately identifiable. Goodwill 
is attributed to individual CGUs and has historically been reviewed at the operating segment level for the purposes of the annual impairment 
review as this is the level at which management monitors goodwill.

At 1 January 2020

Impairment charge

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Note

8

Xeim
£’000

36,197

(11,009)

25,188

The Lawyer
£’000

15,974

–

15,974

Total
£’000

52,171

(11,009)

41,162

Impairment testing of goodwill and acquired intangible assets
At 31 December 2021, goodwill and acquired intangible assets (see note 11) were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In 
assessing whether an impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the segment is compared with 
its recoverable amount. Recoverable amounts are measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’).

The Group estimates the VIU of its CGUs using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the 
assets and discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.3% (2020: 12.8%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted 
average cost of capital and is used across all segments, which are all based predominantly in the UK and considered to have similar risks 
and rewards.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, Adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal growth 
rate. The Group has used the three-year plan forecast to 2024 for the first three years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth rate of 
2.5% (2020: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s revenues. 
The Group’s current year results have performed in line with the MAP23 strategy and hence this strategy has not been revised from the 
prior year. The three-year forecast to 2024 assumes achievement of MAP23 targets, with the forecast for 2024 continuing that strategy. The 
MAP23 targets were built, bottom-up during 2020 once the impact of Covid had become clear. The strategy focuses on investment and 
resource allocation on the Flagship 4, the four brands we consider our key drivers for organic revenue growth. Further details of the MAP23 
plan can be found in the Strategy section of the 2020 Annual Report.

The key assumptions used in the calculations of VIU for each segment have been derived from a combination of experience and 
management’s expectations of future growth rates in the business. The forecasts have been prepared following a review of the business 
where management has identified the key growth and focus areas which will deliver the targets, and conversely which areas of the business 
will be de-prioritised over that period. The forecasts reflect the transformed Group which is more focused and streamlined in order to deliver 
higher margins and profits. 

The key assumptions and variables in this plan are sensitised in isolation and in combination. The main sensitivities applied to the key drivers 
are outlined below. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the effect of reasonably possible changes in the 
assumptions.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the VIU calculations, holding all other variables constant, to:

i.  apply a 10% reduction to forecast Adjusted EBITDA in each year of the modelled cash flows. No impairment would occur in either of the 

segments. 

ii.  apply a 4 percentage point increase in discount rate from 10.3% to 14.3%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

iii. 

reduce the terminal value growth rate from 2.5% to 1.5%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the goodwill of either CGU is required for 
the year ended 31 December 2021.

96

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
11 Other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions – separately acquired

Additions – internally generated

Disposals  

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Additions – separately acquired

Additions – internally generated

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 January 2020

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposal

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Amortisation charge for the year

Impairment charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2020

Net book value at 1 January 2020

 Computer 
software
£’000

 Brands and 
publishing 
rights
£’000

 Customer 
relationships
£’000

 Separately 
acquired 
websites and 
content
£’000

Total
£’000

19,248 

2,072 

13,030 

3,216 

37,566

292

318

(870)

(5)

18,983

396 

298 

(48)

2

19,631 

14,817 

1,944

(535)

(5)

16,221

1,335 

55

(48)

(1)

17,562

 2,069 

2,762

4,431 

– 

–

(514)

–

1,558

– 

–

(178)

–

1,380 

846 

165

(203)

–

808

114

25

(178)

–

769 

 611 

750

1,226 

– 

–

(1,709)

–

11,321

– 

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

3,216

– 

–

– 

–

292

318

(3,093)

(5)

35,078

396 

298 

(226)

2

11,321 

3,216 

35,548 

9,716 

1,671

(1,465)

–

9,922

977 

–

–

–

3,216 

–

–

–

3,216

–

–

–

–

28,595 

3,780

(2,203)

(5)

30,167

2,426 

80

(226)

(1)

10,899 

3,216 

32,446 

 422 

1,399

3,314 

– 

–

– 

 3,102 

4,911

8,971 

In the current year, the Group disposed of intangible assets totalling a net book value of £nil.

During the prior year, the Group disposed of intangible assets totalling a net book value of £890,000. £60,000 of this was recognised in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income in continuing operations. The £60,000 loss on disposal of intangible assets in continuing 
operations related to software assets that were no longer in use by the business.

The remaining £830,000 of assets disposed were recognised in discontinued operations, along with proceeds of disposal of £150,000, 
resulting in a loss on disposal of £680,000 in discontinued operations. The £680,000 loss on disposal of intangible assets in discontinued 
operations resulted from the disposal relating to the MarketMakers (‘MM’) business. On 24 August 2020, the Group disposed of the MM 
branding and website with a net book value of £311,000 for proceeds of £150,000, resulting in a loss of £161,000. Customer relationships 
recognised on the acquisition of the MM business in 2017 with a net book value of £244,000 were disposed resulting in a loss of £244,000. 
MM software assets were disposed at a net book value of £275,000 resulting in a loss of £275,000. These disposals were effected in line 
with the closure of the MM telemarketing business following an adverse impact on trading performance caused by Covid.

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 
The amortisation charge in continuing operations is £2,426,000 (2020: £3,280,000) and in discontinued operations is £nil (2020: £500,000). 
Amortisation on acquired intangible assets from business combinations is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further 
information). Total amortisation of £1,091,000 (2020: £1,949,000) on such assets is all amortisation on assets in the asset groups ‘Brands 
and publishing rights’, ‘Customer relationships’ and ‘Separately acquired websites and content’ of £1,091,000 (2020: £1,836,000) in addition 
to £nil (2020: £113,000) of amortisation on acquired intangible assets in the asset group ‘Computer software’. These total amounts relate to 
continuing operations £1,091,000 (2020: £1,464,000) and discontinued operations £nil (2020: £485,000) as shown in note 4. 

97

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Other intangible assets continued
Other intangible assets are tested annually for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 at a segment level by comparing the carrying value 
with its recoverable amount. Please see note 10 for further details. During the current year, the Group impaired intangible assets totalling a 
net book value of £80,000. The £80,000 impairment charge relates to computer software and brand and publishing rights no longer in use 
by the business.

The Company has no intangible assets (2020: £nil). 

12 Property, plant and equipment

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

ROU assets – 
property
£’000

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions – separately acquired

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Additions – separately acquired

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2020

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2020

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2020

Net book value at 1 January 2020

2,112 

–

(2,112)

–

–

–

–

–

– 

2,112 

–

(2,112)

–

–

– 

–

–

– 

–

–

–

Total
£’000

10,133 

1,927

(5,859)

(7)

6,194

 1,034 

 (2)

2

618 

14

(564)

–

68

5

–

–

1,902 

209

(1,061)

(1)

1,049

 51 

 (2)

–

5,501

1,704

(2,122)

(6)

5,077

 978 

–

2

 73 

 1,098 

 6,057 

 7,228 

484 

55

(499)

–

40

 21 

–

–

 61 

12

28

134 

1,405 

240

(940)

(1)

704

 138 

 (2)

–

 840 

 258 

345

497 

1,817

1,912

(1,529)

(8)

2,192

 1,649 

–

2

5,818 

2,207

(5,080)

(9)

2,936

 1,808 

 (2)

2

 3,843 

 4,744 

 2,214 

2,885

3,684

 2,484 

3,258

4,315 

In the current year, the Group disposed of tangible assets totalling a net book value of £nil.

During the prior year the Group disposed of tangible assets totalling a net book value of £779,000, which resulted in a loss on disposal of 
tangible assets of £779,000 (£177,000 in continuing operations and £602,000 in discontinued operations, see note 4).

In prior year, the £177,000 loss on disposal of tangible assets in continuing operations related to computer equipment assets that were no 
longer in use by the business (£53,000), and a proportion of the disposal of the MarketMakers’ ROU asset that related to the continuing 
Really B2B business (£124,000).

In prior year, the £602,000 loss on disposal of tangible assets in discontinued operations related to disposal of computer equipment 
(£68,000), fixtures and fittings (£65,000) and a proportion of the disposal of the MarketMakers’ ROU asset that related to the discontinued 
telemarketing business (£469,000). These disposals were effected in line with the closure of the MM telemarketing business following an 
adverse impact on trading performance caused by Covid.

98

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
12 Property, plant and equipment continued
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income.

The depreciation charge in continuing operations is £1,808,000 (2020: £1,992,000) and in discontinued operations is £nil (2020: £215,000).

The Company has no property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2021 (2020: £nil).

13 Investments

Company 
Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

At 1 January 2020

Impairment charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Impairment charge for the year

At 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2020

Net book value at 1 January 2020

Investments
in subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

151,134

251

151,385

163

151,548

61,000

25,393

86,393

–

86,393

65,155

64,992

90,134

Impairment testing of the investment
As outlined in the tables below, the carrying value of the investment represents the Company’s direct ownership of Centaur Communications 
Limited (‘CCL’). At 31 December 2021, the investment was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In assessing whether an 
impairment of the investment is required, the carrying value of the investment is compared with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’). Although the Company only has direct ownership of CCL, CCL in turn directly or indirectly controls 
the rest of the Group’s subsidiaries. Therefore, the VIU of the Company’s investment in CCL is supported by the operations of the entire Group.

In the prior year, the ongoing global pandemic and its impact on the economy and directly on the Group was identified as an indication 
of impairment of the Company’s investment carrying value, particularly following the closure of the MarketMakers (‘MM’) telemarketing 
business. Therefore, a full impairment assessment was performed. An impairment of £25,393,000 was identified and recognised in the 
Company’s statement of comprehensive income. After this impairment at 31 December 2020, the carrying value of the investment was 
supported by the underlying trade of the continuing Group.

In the current year, the ongoing global pandemic and its impact on the economy and directly on the Group was identified as an indication of 
impairment of the Company’s investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment has been performed.

The Group estimates the VIU using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the assets and 
discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 10.3% (2020: 12.8%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted average cost 
of capital.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, Adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal growth 
rate. The Group has used its three-year plan forecast to 2024 for the first three years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth rate of 
2.5% (2020: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s revenues. 
The Group’s current year results have performed in line with the MAP23 strategy and hence this strategy has not been revised from the 
prior year. The three-year forecast to 2024 assumes achievement of MAP23 targets, with the forecast to 2024 continuing that strategy. The 
MAP23 targets were built, bottom-up during 2020 once the impact of Covid had become clear. The strategy focuses on investment and 
resource allocation on the Flagship 4, the four brands we consider our key drivers for organic revenue growth. Further details of the MAP23 
plan can be found in the Strategy section of the 2020 Annual Report.

99

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
13 Investments continued
The assumptions used in the calculations of VIU have been derived based on a combination of experience and management’s expectations 
of future growth rates in the business. The forecasts have been prepared following a review of the business where management has 
identified the key growth and focus areas which will deliver the targets, and conversely which areas of the business will be de-prioritised 
over that period. The forecasts reflect the transformed Group which is more focused and streamlined in order to deliver higher margins 
and profits. 

Sensitivities are applied to each of the key assumptions and variables in isolation and in combination, in line with those sensitivities applied 
for goodwill impairment testing as outlined in note 10. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the effect of 
reasonably possible changes in the assumptions.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL is 
required for the year ended 31 December 2021.

Additions of £163,000 (2020: £251,000) related to capital contributions for share-based payments recharged to the Company’s subsidiaries.

In order to simplify the Group structure, the process to close dormant companies commenced during the year.

The Group closed the following subsidiaries during the year:

Name

E-consultancy Asia Pacific Pte Limited

E-consultancy Australia Pty Limited

Mayfield Publishing Limited

Your Business Magazine Limited

Proportion of 
ordinary shares 
and voting 
rights held (%) 

100

100

100

100

Principal activities

Dormant

Dormant

Country of 
incorporation

Singapore

Australia

Date of closure

6 June 2021

5 April 2021

Dormant

United Kingdom 21 December 2021

Dormant

United Kingdom

20 April 2021

Centaur Newco 2018 Limited was dissolved during the prior year. The company did not trade since incorporation.

At 31 December 2021, the Group has control over the following subsidiaries:

Name
Centaur Communications Limited 1

Centaur Media USA Inc.2

Chiron Communications Limited

E-consultancy LLC 2

E-consultancy.com Limited

Market Makers Incorporated Limited 

Pro-Talk Ltd

Taxbriefs Holdings Limited

Taxbriefs Limited

TheLawyer.com Limited

Xeim Limited

Proportion of 
ordinary shares 
and voting 
rights held (%) 
100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

Principal activities
Holding company and agency services

Country of 
incorporation
United Kingdom

Digital information, training and events

United States

In liquidation

United Kingdom

Digital information, training and events

United States

Digital information, training and events

United Kingdom

In liquidation

United Kingdom

In liquidation

United Kingdom

Holding company

United Kingdom

In liquidation

United Kingdom

Digital information services

United Kingdom

Digital information services

United Kingdom

1  Directly owned by Centaur Media Plc
2  Registered address is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE19808, USA. Functional currency is USD

The registered address of all subsidiary companies, except for those identified above, is Floor M, 10 York Road, London, SE1 7ND, United 
Kingdom. The functional currency of all subsidiaries is GBP except for those identified above. The consolidated financial statements 
incorporate the financial statements of all entities controlled by the Company at 31 December 2021. 

100

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 202114 Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax account for the Group is shown below:

Net asset/(liability) at 1 January 2020

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

Net asset/(liability) at 31 December 2020

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

Recognised in the statement of changes in equity

Net asset at 31 December 2021

Accelerated
capital 
allowances
£’000

Other
temporary
differences
£’000

626

66

(9)

683

(42) 

69

–

710 

(368)

174

180

(14)

(55) 

110

118 

159 

Tax
losses
£’000

716

33

792

1,541

(46) 

(4)

–

Total
£’000

974

273

963

2,210

(143) 

175

118 

1,491 

2,360 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the 
balances net.

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

2021
Group
£’000

2,488

(128)

2,360

2020
Group
£’000

2,449

(239)

2,210

At the year end, the Group has unused tax losses of £5,961,000 (2020: £8,104,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax 
asset of £1,491,000 (2020: £1,541,000) has been recognised in respect of £5,961,000 (2020: £8,104,000) of such tax losses. The Group 
has concluded that the deferred tax asset will be recoverable using the estimated future taxable profit based on the FY22-24 3YP forecast. 
The Group is expected to generate taxable profits from 2022 onwards. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and have no expiry 
date as long as the companies that have the losses continue to trade.

The Company had deferred tax assets on share options under long-term incentive plans of £190,000 at 31 December 2021 (2020: £68,000).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be materially utilised after 12 months.

101

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
15 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year

Trade receivables

Less: expected credit loss

Trade receivables – net

Receivables from subsidiaries

Receivable from Employee Benefit Trust 

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Amounts falling due after one year

Other receivables

Receivable from Employee Benefit Trust 

Note

26

2021
Group
£’000

5,475 

(564)

4,911 

–

–

92 

981 

75 

6,059 

2021
Group
£’000

319

–

319

2020
Group
£’000

5,211

(993)

4,218

–

–

162

1,240

161

5,781

2020
Group
£’000

515

–

515

2021
Company
£’000

2020
Company
£’000

–

–

–

  – 

 – 

34 

 127 

–

161

2021
Company
£’000

41

1,156 

1,197

–

–

–

34,973

560

77

107

–

35,717

2020
Company
£’000

237

–

237

Trade receivables included £114,000 and the expected credit loss included £114,000 in relation to discontinued operations as at 31 
December 2020. No amounts relate to discontinued operations as at 31 December 2021.

Receivables from subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed due date and bear interest at an annual rate of 3.45% (2020: 2.49%). In 
preparation for liquidation of certain Group subsidiaries (see note 13) the Company settled receivables and payables with these subsidiaries 
during the year.

The receivable from Employee Benefit Trust is unsecured, has no fixed due date and does not bear interest.

Other receivables due after one year include £278,000 (2020: £278,000) in relation to a deposit on the London property lease which is fully 
refundable at the end of the lease term.

16 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The Company had no cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2021 (2020: £nil).

2021
Group
£’000

13,065

2020
Group
£’000

8,300

102

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Payables to subsidiaries

Accruals

Social security and other taxes

Other payables

2021
Group
£’000
1,070 

– 

8,112

886 

1,337 

11,405 

2020
Group
£’000
219

–

5,652

1,274

1,574

8,719

2021
Company
£’000
– 

29,397 

496

–

–

2020
Company
£’000
–

60,044

406

–

7

29,893

60,457

Payables to subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and bear interest at an annual rate of 3.45% (2020: 2.49%). In 
preparation for liquidation of certain Group subsidiaries (see note 13) the Company settled receivables and payables with these subsidiaries 
during the year.

In response to Covid the Government allowed payments of VAT between 20 March 2020 and 30 June 2020 to be deferred. Under this 
scheme, in prior year, the Group deferred a total of £1,000,000 VAT payments, which is included in social security and other taxes above. 
The Group re-paid the full amount in instalment payments from March to November 2021.

At 31 December 2020, trade payables and other payables included £61,000 and £244,000 respectively, relating to discontinued operations. 
No amounts relate to discontinued operations as at 31 December 2021.

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the trade payables approximates their fair value.

18 Lease liabilities
The lease liability currently held by the Group relates to a property lease, for which a corresponding right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset is held on the 
consolidated statement of financial position within property, plant and equipment and detailed in note 12.

At 1 January

Remeasurement of lease liabilities

Interest expense

Cash outflow

Disposal on exit of lease

At 31 December

Current

Non-current

At 31 December

2021
Group
£’000

3,375

978

67

(2,036)

–

2,384

1,884

500

2,384

2020
Group
£’000

4,260

1,704

124

(1,925)

(788)

3,375

1,969

1,406

3,375

The lease liability for the Group’s property in London was remeasured during the year upon reassessment of the lease term, resulting in an 
increase of £978,000. The amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability was recognised as an adjustment to the ROU asset.

During the prior year, the lease liability for the Group’s property in London was remeasured upon reassessment of the lease term and 
renegotiation of payment terms due to Covid, resulting in an increase of £1,704,000. The amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability 
was recognised as an adjustment to the ROU asset. 

The lease liability for the Group’s property in Portsmouth, which was the office for the MarketMakers’ business, was fully released during 
prior year upon the cessation of the MarketMakers’ telemarketing business.

The gain on disposal of the lease liability was recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the prior year, with 
£165,000 recognised in continuing operations for the proportion of the liability related to the continuing Really B2B business, and £623,000 
recognised in discontinued operations related to the proportion of the liability that related to the discontinued telemarketing business. The 
corresponding ROU asset was also disposed of (see note 12), with the resulting net gain on disposal of £195,000 being materially offset by 
the exit penalty incurred.

103

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
19 Deferred income

Deferred income

2021
Group
£’000

7,846

2020
Group
£’000

7,048

Deferred income arises on contracts with customers where revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met. See note 1(e) for further details.

20 Current tax assets

Corporation tax receivables

The Company had no corporation tax receivables or payables at 31 December 2021 (2020: £nil).

21 Provisions

Group
At 1 January 2020

Additions

Utilised in the year

At 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Restructuring
£’000
–

1,031

(1,031)

–

2021
Group
£’000

195

Other
£’000
50

–

(50)

–

2020
Group
£’000

182

Total
£’000
50

1,031

(1,081)

–

Restructuring
During the prior year, a restructuring provision of £793,000 was recognised in relation to restructuring the MarketMakers business following 
a sharp fall in revenue as several major customers were hit by disruption in their own markets. A further £238,000 was provided in relation 
to restructuring other parts of the wider Centaur group due to the adverse impact of Covid. The provision was fully utilised in the second half 
of 2020. The associated expense was recognised within exceptional costs and presented as adjusting items as disclosed within note 4. In 
2020, the staff related restructuring costs in continuing operations was £238,000 and in discontinued operations was £793,000.

Other 
The other provision relates to the dilapidation provision which was acquired on the acquisition of MarketMakers in relation to the building 
leased by the company in Portsmouth. This provision was utilised during the prior year as part of the exit of the Portsmouth lease upon 
cessation of MarketMakers’ telemarketing business. The associated expense was recognised within discontinued exceptional costs and 
presented as adjusting items as disclosed within note 4.

There were no provisions as at 31 December 2021.

104

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
22 Equity

Ordinary shares of 10p each
Authorised share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2020, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Issued and fully paid share capital – Group and Company

At 1 January 2020, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Nominal value
£’000

Number of 
shares

20,000 

200,000,000 

15,141

151,410,226

Deferred shares reserve
The deferred shares reserve represents 800,000 (2020: 800,000) deferred shares of 10p each, which carry restricted voting rights and have 
no right to receive a dividend payment in respect of any financial year. 

Reserve for shares to be issued
The reserve for shares to be issued is in respect of equity-settled share-based compensation plans. The movements in the reserve for 
shares to be issued represent the total charges for the year relating to equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees as 
accounted for under IFRS 2 less transfers from this reserve to retained earnings for shares exercised or lapsed during the year.

During the prior year a transfer of £957,000 was made from the reserve to retained earnings for lapsed share awards relating to the TSR 
performance condition of long-term incentive plans. 

Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve represents the value of shares held as treasury shares and in the Employee Benefit Trust. At 31 December 2021, 
4,550,179 (2020: 4,550,179) 10p ordinary shares are held in treasury and 2,064,185 (2020: 1,948,492) 10p ordinary shares are held in the 
Employee Benefit Trust.

The Employee Benefit Trust issued 981,783 (2020: 2,038,736) shares to meet obligations arising from share-based rewards to employees 
that had vested and were exercised in the current year (2020: vested in 2020 and 2019 and were exercised in 2020). The shares were 
issued at a historical weighted average cost of 92.9p (2020: 61.3p) per share. The total cost of £912,000 (2020: £1,341,000) has been 
recognised as a reduction in the own shares reserve in equity.

During 2021, the Employee Benefit Trust purchased 1,097,476 (2020: nil) ordinary shares in order to meet future obligations arising from 
share-based rewards to employees. The shares were acquired at an average price of 43.8p per share, with prices ranging from 39.9p to 
50.8p. The total cost of £481,000 (2020: £nil) has been recognised in the own shares reserve in equity.

During 2020, 2,414,434 shares were transferred out of treasury to the Employee Benefit Trust in order to meet future obligations arising from 
share-based rewards to employees. The shares were transferred from treasury at the historical weighted average cost of £2,195,000 (90.9p 
per share) and acquired by the Employee Benefit Trust at the market value of £604,000 (25.0p per share). The difference between  
the historical weighted average cost and the market value of £1,591,000 has been eliminated on consolidation.

23 Share-based payments
The Group’s share-based payment expense for the year by plan:

Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)

Share-based payment expense

2021
£’000

488

7

495

2020
£’000

537

4

541

The share-based payment expense is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further information) and is included in net 
operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

The Group’s share-based payment plans upon vesting are equity-settled.

The share-based payment expense includes social security costs which are settled in cash upon exercise.

105

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Share-based payments continued
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) for Executive Directors and selected senior management. This is an existing 
incentive policy and was approved by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. The share awards are valued at date of grant and the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income is charged over the vesting period, taking into account the number of shares expected to vest. Full 
details on how the plan operates are included in the Remuneration Report.

During the year LTIP awards were granted to Executive Directors and selected senior management. Details of the performance conditions of 
these awards are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in LTIP awards is shown below. 

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

29.04.2021 25.03.2021 30.06.2020 03.10.2019 25.10.2019 25.07.2019 06.04.2018 06.04.2018 24.04.2017 07.04.2017

Grant date

Number of awards

Balance at  
1 January 2021

Forfeited during the 
year

Exercised during the 
year

Lapsed during the year

Balance at  
31 December 2021

Exercisable at 31 
December 2021

Weighted average 
share price at date of 
exercise (p)

Balance at  
1 January 2020

Granted during the year

Forfeited during the 
year

Exercised during the 
year

Lapsed during the year

Balance at 
31 December 2020

Exercisable at 
31 December 2020

Weighted average 
share price at date of 
exercise (p)

Granted during the year 1,187,076 1,798,489

–

–

– 2,074,782 

995,259 

48,050  2,156,512  1,246,879 

981,776 

(82,025)

(161,198)

(187,272)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(165,598)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(981,776)

– (1,246,879)

1,105,051 1,637,291 1,887,510 

995,259 

48,050  1,990,914 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

42.01

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

995,259

128,133 2,236,640 1,246,879 1,963,191

675,764

381,557

– 2,074,782 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(80,083)

(80,128)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(981,415)

(675,764)

(381,557)

– 2,074,782 

995,259 

48,050  2,156,512  1,246,879 

981,776 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

24.19

25.50

26.65

No options expired during the year (2020: nil).

106

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 202123 Share-based payments continued
These awards were priced using the following models and inputs:

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

LTIP 
2016

Grant date

Share price at grant date

Fair value 

Vesting date

29.04.2021 25.03.2021 30.06.2020 03.10.2019 25.10.2019 25.07.2019 06.04.2018 06.04.2018 24.04.2017 07.04.2017

39.78

29.09

39.50

30.10

24.00

14.80

41.50

22.77

32.50

16.25

46.00

23.00

50.20

28.65

50.20

25.10

45.75

24.46

40.75

21.08

29.04.2024 25.03.2024 29.06.2023 02.10.2022 05.04.2022 05.04.2022 06.04.2021 06.04.2021 24.04.2020 07.04.2020

Exercise price (p)

Expected volatility (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

£nil

48.9

1.29

£nil

48.0

1.30

£nil

47.0

–

Risk free interest rate (%)

(0.12)

(0.07)

(0.09)

£nil

40.0

–

0.34

Valuation of model used

Stochastic Stochastic Stochastic Stochastic

£nil

£nil

–

–

–

£nil

43.5

–

0.86

£nil

43.5

6.47

0.86

Black–

£nil

45.4

–

0.12

£nil

45.4

–

0.12

* Stochastic

Scholes Stochastic Stochastic

–

–

–

*

*   Shares granted on 25 October 2019 and 25 July 2019 were nil-cost options with non-market-based performance conditions. These plans were valued based 

on the estimated vesting value of the non-market-based conditions and expected forfeiture rates.

The plans above include non-market based performance conditions. These elements of the plans were valued based on the estimated 
vesting value of the non-market based conditions and expected forfeiture rates.

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2021 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2020: £nil) and a weighted remaining life 
of 1.3 years (2020: 1.3 years).

Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘SELTIP’)
The Centaur Media Plc 2010 Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘SELTIP’) was introduced during 2011 and was approved by 
shareholders at the 2010 AGM. This is not an HMRC approved scheme and vests over a three-year period with service and performance 
conditions. Awards were granted under this plan in 2011 for no consideration and no exercise price. This plan is closed to new awards.

Awards of bonus units were made in 2013 as summarised in the following table: 

Financial year
2013

Threshold
 profit
£8.0m

PBTA 
achieved
£8.6m

Profit 
growth
£0.6m

SELTIP 
contribution
30%

Total
 bonus pool
£0.1m

Bonus pool
allocated*
£0.1m

*   The Remuneration Committee did not allocate the entire bonus pool in 2013.
**  Awards were only made to participants with continuing employment. 

Number  
of shares 
awarded in 
total**
118,851

107

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS23 Share-based payments continued
These awards were priced using the following models and inputs:

Grant date

Share price at grant date

Fair value 

Vesting date

Exercise price (p)

Number of awards

Balance at 1 January 2020, 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Exercisable at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

Average share price at date of exercise (p)

SELTIP 
2013
15.09.11

33.88

23.76

17.09.14

£nil

6,862

6,862

–

There were no grants, forfeitures, exercises, lapses, or expired options during the current and prior years.

The shares awards outstanding at 31 December 2021 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2020: £nil) and a weighted remaining 
life of 0.7 years (2020: 1.7 years).

Share Incentive Plan
The Group has a Share Incentive Plan, which is an HMRC approved Tax-Advantaged plan, which provides employees with the opportunity 
to purchase shares in the Company. This plan is open to all employees who have been employed by the Group for more than 3 months. 
Employees may invest up to £1,800 per annum (or 10% of their salary if less) in ordinary shares in the Company, which are held in trust. 
The shares are purchased in open market and are held in trust for each employee. The shares can be withdrawn with tax paid at any time, 
or tax-free after five years. The Group matches the contribution with a ratio of one share for every two purchased. Other than continuing 
employment, there are no other performance conditions attached to the plan. 

The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan, as are all employees of the Group. 

Number of outstanding matching shares

2021

57,495

2020

58,117

108

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021  
24 Dividends

Equity dividends

Final dividend for 2020: 0.5p per 10p ordinary share

Interim dividend for 2021: 0.5p per 10p ordinary share

2021
£’000

726

724

1,450

2020
£’000

–

–

–

The total dividend pertaining to 2020 was the final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of £726,000 (0.5p share). This dividend 
was paid on 28 May 2021.

An interim dividend for the six months ended 30 June 2021 of £724,000 (0.5p per ordinary share) was paid on 22 October 2021 to all 
ordinary shareholders on the register as at close of business on 8 October 2021.

A final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 of £725,000 (0.5p share) is proposed by the Directors and subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 27 May 2022 to all ordinary shareholders on the register at the close of business on 
13 May 2022.

During the prior year, the Company received a dividend of £40,000,000 from Centaur Communications Limited. No dividends were received 
in the current year.

25 Notes to the cash flow statement
Reconciliation of profit / (loss) for the year cash generated from operating activities:

Profit/(loss) for the year

Adjustments for:

Tax

Net interest expense

Depreciation

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of goodwill 

Note

7

2,6

12

12

11

11

10

Loss on disposal of assets and liabilities

11,12,18

Loss on impairment of investment

Share-based payment charge

Dividends waived

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Unrealised foreign exchange differences

Changes in working capital:

 (Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

 Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

 Increase/(decrease) in deferred income

Cash generated from operating activities

13

5,23

24

2021
Group
£’000

1,417

(56)

260 

1,808 

– 

2,426 

80 

–

–

–

495 

2

–

(65) 

(259) 

2,615

798

9,521 

2020
Group
£’000

(14,428)

(1,232)

332

2,207

–

3,780

–

11,009

731

–

541

–

–

83

4,445

(3,732)

(1,671)

2,065

2021
Company
£’000

(2,325)

(512)

1,182

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

325

2

–

–

34,359

(31,389)

–

1,642

2020
Company
£’000

(27,828)

(433)

838

–

–

–

–

–

–

25,393

(15)

–

40,000

–

(34,050)

(3,750)

–

155

109

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
25 Notes to the cash flow statement continued
Reconciliation of movements of liabilities and associated assets to cash flows arising from financing activities:

At 1 January 2020

Changes from financing cash flows:

Loan arrangement fees

Interest paid

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Other changes:

Interest expense

Remeasurement of lease liabilities

Disposal on exit of lease

Balance at 31 December 2020

Changes from financing cash flows:

Loan arrangement fees

Interest paid

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Other changes:

Interest expense

Remeasurement of lease liabilities

Balance at 31 December 2021

Group and 
Company
Net 
borrowings
 £’000
(130)

Group
Lease 
liabilities
£’000
4,260

Note

18

6

18

18

18

6

18

(25)

(130)

–

(155)

215

–

–

215

(72)

(107)

(87)

–

(194)

194

–

194

(72)

–

–

(1,925)

(1,925)

124

1,704

(788)

1,040

3,375

–

–

(2,036)

(2,036)

67

978

1,045

2,384

Net borrowings is comprised of a loan arrangement fee debtor of £75,000 (2020: £79,000) presented within other receivables on the 
statement of financial position and a commitment fee creditor of £3,000 presented as bank and other borrowings on the statement of 
financial position (2020: £7,000). The movements of this asset and liability together give rise to cash flows from financing activities relating to 
the £25m revolving credit facility.

26 Financial instruments and financial risk management
Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies. The Board receives monthly reports from 
the Chief Financial Officer through which it reviews the effectiveness of policies and processes put in place to manage risk. The Board sets 
policies that reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the operating effectiveness of the Group.

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, capital risk and currency risk. 
Of these, credit risk and liquidity risk are considered the most significant. This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each 
of the above risks.

110

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
Categories of financial instruments
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the 
basis on which income and expenses are recognised in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are 
disclosed in note 1(s). All financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets

Cash and bank balances

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Financial liabilities

Lease liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Provisions

Other payables

Note

16

15

15

18

17

17

21

17

2021
£’000

 13,065 

 4,911 

 411 

 18,387 

 2,384 

 1,070 

 8,112 

 – 

 1,337 

 12,903 

2020
£’000

8,300

4,218

677

13,195

3,375

219

5,652

–

1,574

10,820

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are trade and other receivables (note 15). Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default 
on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial 
statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. Credit 
risk is managed on a Group basis. The Group does not consider that it is subject to any significant concentrations of credit risk.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, of varying sizes and spread across diverse industries and geographies. The 
Group does not have significant exposure to credit risk in relation to any single counterparty or group of counterparties having similar 
characteristics. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced predominantly by the circumstances of individual customers as opposed to 
industry or geographic trends. 

The business assesses the credit quality of customers based on their financial position, past experience and other qualitative and 
quantitative factors. The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms, which are generally 30 days 
from the date of invoice. Under normal trading conditions, the Group is exposed to relatively low levels of risk and potential losses are 
mitigated as a result of a diversified customer base and the requirement for events and certain premium content subscription invoices to be 
paid in advance of service delivery.

The credit control function within the Group’s finance department monitors the outstanding debts of the Group and trade receivable 
balances are analysed by the age and value of outstanding balances. 

Any trade receivable balance which is objectively determined to be uncollectible is written off the ledger, with a charge taken through the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group also records an allowance for the lifetime expected credit loss on its trade 
receivables balances under the simplified approach as mandated by IFRS 9. The impairment model for trade receivables, under IFSR 9, 
requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected lifetime credit losses rather than only incurred ones. All balances past 
due are reviewed with those greater than 90 days past due considered to carry a higher level of credit risk. Refer to note 1(s) for further 
details on the approach to allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables.

The allowance for expected lifetime credit losses, and changes to it, are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

111

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The ageing of trade receivables according to their original due date is detailed below:

Not due

0–30 days past due

31–60 days past due

61–90 days past due

Over 90 days past due

2021
Gross
£’000

3,488 

972 

161 

146 

708 

5,475 

2021
Provision
£’000

(43) 

(25)

(9)

(16) 

(471) 

(564) 

2020
Gross
£’000

3,265

598

140

167

1,041

5,211

2020
Provision
£’000

(76)

(26)

(10)

(39)

(842)

(993)

Trade receivables that are less than 3 months past due are generally not considered to be impaired, except where specific credit issues or 
delinquency in payments have been identified. In making the assessment that unprovided trade receivables are not impaired, the Directors 
have considered the quantum of gross trade receivables which relate to amounts not yet included in income, including amounts in deferred 
income and amounts relating to VAT. The credit quality of trade receivables not yet due nor impaired has been assessed as acceptable. 

The movement in the allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables is detailed below:

Balance at 1 January

Utilised

Additional provision charged to the 
statement of comprehensive income

Release

Written back

Balance at 31 December

2021
Continuing
£’000

2021
Discontinued
£’000

879

(276)

–

(39)

–

564

114

(114)

–

–

–

–

2021
Total
£’000

993

(390)

–

(39)

–

564

2020
Continuing
£’000

2020
Discontinued
£’000

729

(134)

255

–

29

879

378

(24)

–

(241)

1

114

2020
Total
£’000

1,107

(158)

255

(241)

30

993

The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms which are generally 30 days from the date of 
invoice or in the case of live events related revenue no less than 30 days before the event. All credit and recovery risk associated with trade 
receivables has been provided for in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group’s policy for recognising an impairment 
loss is given in note 1(s)(ii). Impairment losses are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. 

The remaining provision in prior year of £114,000 for discontinued operations related to MarketMakers trade debtors which was fully 
provided for as at 31 December 2020. This was fully utilised in the current year.

The Directors consider the carrying value of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Banks and financial institutions are independently rated by credit rating agencies. We choose only to deal with those with a minimum ‘A’ 
rating. We determine the credit quality for cash and cash equivalents to be strong.

Other receivables
Other receivables are neither past due nor impaired. These are primarily made up of sundry receivables, including employee-related debtors 
and receivables in respect of distribution arrangements.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity risk 
by maintaining adequate reserves and working capital credit facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows. 
In March 2021, the Group terminated its existing £25m multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest and Lloyds which was due 
to run to November 2021. It has been replaced by a new multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest which runs to March 2024 
with the option to extend for two periods of one year each. The new facility consists of a £10m committed facility and an additional £15m 
uncommitted accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate needs. As at 31 
December 2021, the Group had cash of £13,065,000 (2020: £8,300,000) with a full undrawn loan facility of £25m (2020: full undrawn loan 
facility of £25m). 

112

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The following tables detail the financial maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities: 

At 31 December 2021

Financial liabilities

Interest bearing

Non-interest bearing

At 31 December 2020

Financial liabilities

Interest bearing

Non-interest bearing

Book 
value
£’000

Fair 
value
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

2,384 

10,519 

12,903 

3,375

7,445

10,820

2,384 

10,519 

12,903 

3,375

7,445

10,820

1,884

10,519 

12,403 

1,969

7,445

9,414

500 

– 

500 

1,406

–

1,406

The Directors consider that book value is materially equal to fair value.

The book value of primary financial instruments approximates to fair value where the instrument is on a short maturity or where they bear 
interest at rates that approximate to the market.

The following table details the level of fair value hierarchy for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

Financial Assets
Level 1

Cash and bank balances

Level 3

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Financial Liabilities
Level 3

Lease liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Provisions

Other payables

Borrowings*

* Borrowings are purely in relation to the Group’s revolving credit facility which is discussed above. The amount drawn down from this facility at 31 December 
2021 was £nil (2020: £nil).

All trade and other payables are due for payment in one year or less, or on demand. 

Interest rate risk
The Group has no significant interest-bearing assets but is exposed to interest rate risk when it borrows funds at floating interest rates 
through its revolving credit facility. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. The Group evaluates 
its risk appetite towards interest rate risks regularly to manage interest rate risk in relation to its revolving credit facility if deemed necessary.

The Group did not enter any hedging transactions during the current or prior year and as at 31 December 2021 the only floating rate to 
which the Group was exposed was LIBOR. The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the 
liquidity risk section of this note.

Interest rate sensitivity
The Group has not drawn down from its revolving credit facility in the current year or prior year therefore a sensitivity analysis has not been 
performed.

113

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
Capital risk 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising return to 
stakeholders, as well as sustaining the future development of the business.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash, which includes cash and cash equivalents (note 16), and equity attributable to the 
owners of the parent, comprising issued share capital (note 22), other reserves and retained earnings. The Board also considers the levels of 
own shares held for employee share plans and the ability to issue new shares for acquisitions, in managing capital risk in the business.

For the whole of 2020, the Group benefited from its banking facilities, renewed in November 2019 which ran until November 2021 with 
an option to extend for a further two periods of one year each. Interest was calculated on LIBOR plus a margin dependent on the Group’s 
net leverage position, which was re-measured quarterly in line with covenant testing. The Group’s borrowings were subject to financial 
covenants tested quarterly. The principal financial covenants under the facility were the ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA (see note 1(b) 
for explanation and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA) would not exceed 2.5:1 and the ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges would not be 
less than 4:1. In July 2020, the Group agreed with the banks to waive leverage and interest cover covenants up to, and including, the testing 
periods to 30 September 2021. This was subject to minimum liquidity tests which were reported monthly. At no point during the prior year 
did the Group breach its covenants or its minimum liquidity tests.

From March 2021, the Group benefited from a new banking facility with NatWest, which featured a committed £10m facility and an 
additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate 
needs. The facility is available until March 2024 with an option to extend for a further two periods of one year each. Interest is calculated 
on SONIA plus a margin dependent on the Group’s net leverage position, which is re-measured quarterly in line with covenant testing. The 
Group’s borrowings are subject to financial covenants tested quarterly. The principal financial covenants under the facility are that the ratio of 
net debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 2.5:1 and the ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges shall not be less than 4:1. At no point during the 
year did the Group breach its covenants.

Currency risk
Substantially all the Group’s net assets are in the United Kingdom. Most of the revenue and profits are generated in the United Kingdom 
and consequently foreign exchange risk is limited. The Group continues to monitor its exposure to currency risk, particularly as the business 
expands into overseas territories such as North America, however the results of the Group are not currently considered to be sensitive to 
movements in currency rates.

27 Pension schemes
The Group contributes to individual and collective money purchase pension schemes in respect of Directors and employees once they have 
completed the requisite period of service. The charge for the year in respect of these defined contribution schemes is shown in note 5. 
Included within other payables is an amount of £76,000 (2020: £77,000) payable in respect of the money purchase pension schemes.

28 Capital commitments
At 31 December 2021, the Group had no capital commitments (2020: £nil).

114

Notes to the Financial StatementsCONTINUEDCentaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 202129 Related party transactions
Group
Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5. There were no other material related party transactions for the Group in the current 
or prior year.

Company
The Company had the following transactions with subsidiaries during the year.

i) Interest
During the year, interest was recharged from subsidiary companies as follows:

Net interest payable

There were no borrowings at the year end.

2021
£’000

988

2020
£’000

623 

The balances outstanding with subsidiary companies are disclosed in notes 15 and 17.

ii) Dividends
During the prior year, the Company received a dividend of £40,000,000 from its subsidiary, Centaur Communications Limited. No dividends 
were received in the current year.

There were no other material related party transactions for the Company in the current or prior year.

Audit exemption
For the year ended 31 December 2021 the Company has provided a guarantee pursuant to sections 479A-C of Companies Act 2006 over 
the liabilities of the following subsidiaries and, as such, they are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the audit of individual 
financial statements, or preparation of individual financial statements, as appropriate, for this financial year.

Name 
Centaur Communications Limited

Chiron Communications Limited

E-consultancy.com Limited

Market Makers Incorporated Limited

Pro-Talk Limited

Taxbriefs Holdings Limited

Taxbriefs Limited

TheLawyer.com Limited

Xeim Limited

See note 13 for changes to subsidiary holdings during the year.

30 Events after the reporting date
No material events have occurred after the reporting date.

Company 
number 
01595235

01081808

04047149

05063707

03939119

03572069

01247331

11491880

05243851

Outstanding 
liabilities
£’000 
21,530

–

2 

–

– 

– 

– 

2,101 

11,117 

115

www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSFive Year Record (Unaudited)

Revenue (£m)

2017*

64.7

2018*

50.3

Operating (loss)/profit (£m)

(0.3)

(20.3)

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) (£m)

Adjusted operating profit/(loss) margin

4.1

6%

(2.2)

(4%)

(Loss)/profit before tax (£m)

(0.7)

(20.5)

Adjusted profit/(loss) before tax (£m)

Adjusted diluted EPS (pence)

Ordinary dividend per share (pence)

Net operating cash flow (£m)

Average permanent headcount (FTE)

Revenue per head (£’000)

Revenue by type
Premium Content

Marketing Services

Training and Advisory

Events

Marketing Solutions

Recruitment Advertising

Telemarketing Services

Other
Goodwill and other intangible assets

Other assets and liabilities

Net assets before net cash

Net cash

Total equity

3.7

1.8

3.0

12.1

589

110

2017*
£m

19.1

1.9

8.0

18.7

 9.3 

 3.5 

4.2

64.7

2017*
£m

94.2

(13.4)

80.8

4.1

84.9

(2.4)

(1.4)

3.0

5.6

758

66

2018*
£m

14.4

4.5

8.0

6.5

 4.6 

 2.7 

9.6

50.3

2018*
£m

78.1

(11.5)

66.6

0.1

66.7

2019

39.6

(7.8)

(1.2)

(3%)

(8.1)

(1.5)

0.3

1.5

4.7

317

125

2019
£m

14.4

4.3

7.6

6.4

4.6

2.3

–

39.6

2019
£m

61.2

(9.4)

51.8

9.3

61.1

2020

 32.4 

 (2.3)

 – 

–

 (2.6)

 (0.3)

 0.3 

0.5 

 2.1 

 282 

 115 

2020
£m

13.2

2.9

8.5

2.5

4.2

1.1

–

32.4

2020
£m

 46.1 

 (7.2)

 38.9 

 8.3 

47.2

2021

 39.1 

 1.6

 3.2 

8%

 1.4

 3.0

1.9

1.0

9.5

 264 

 148 

2021
£m

12.9

3.3

12.6

3.8

5.0

1.5

–

39.1

2021
£m

 44.2 

 (10.2)

 34.0 

 13.1 

47.1

*    2017 – 2018 have not been re-presented with regards to discontinued operations relating to the cessation of the MarketMakers telemarketing business  

in 2020. 

Marketing and Advertising Solutions revenue was split into Marketing Solutions and Recruitment Advertising in the prior year.

116

Centaur Media PlcAnnual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2021Directors, Advisers and
other Corporate Information

Company registration number
04948078

Incorporated/domiciled in
England and Wales

Registered office
Floor M
10 York Road
London
SE1 7ND
United Kingdom

Directors 
Colin Jones (Chair)
Swagatam Mukerji (Chief Executive Officer)
Simon Longfield (Chief Financial Officer)
William Eccleshare 
Carol Hosey
Leslie-Ann Reed

Company Secretary
Helen Silver

Independent Auditor
Crowe U.K. LLP
55 Ludgate Hill
London
EC4M 7JW

Registrars
Share Registrars Limited
3 The Millennium Centre
Crosby Way
Farnham
Surrey
GU9 7XX

External Lawyers
Dechert LLP
160 Queen Victoria Street
London
EC4V 4QQ

Brokers
Investec Bank plc
Singer Capital Markets

C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

1

Floor M
10 York Road
London
SE1 7ND